Opening Session
                            Session 1
                            MULTIME     POLLl      ABAT
                            Session 2
                            SOJii>   iSTE POLLUTION AE
                          on
                      sponsore   y
                       US EPA.
INDUSTR! AL  E N V j R O N M E P 1 1 ' AL R E S E A R ( !
               Research, triangle Park, NC
   .-.-HfrJKIA
                     Washington, DC
                  tER
              The William n

-------
The work described in this paper was not funded by the IJ,S.  Environmental
Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect  the yiews p.f
the Agency and no official endoresement should be inferred.
CHROMIUM REMOVAL MECHANISMS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT OF A SPECIALTY STEEL

                            VIRGINIA M.  CUSANO

                                  and

                            ROBERT H. WILLS, JR,

                         CRUCIBLE INC,,  SYRACUSE, N.Y.
                                INTRODUCTION
     The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act along with recent rounds
of State Pollution Discharge Elimination System permits reflecting the
application of Best Available Technology Economically Achievable haye
significantly increased costs for transportation, treatment and disposal
of both solid and liquid wastes,  In addition, the New York State Super^
fund places an assessment on certain wastes.

     Crucible Specialty Metals Division in Syracuse, New York has been
involved in various resource recoyery projects since 1975,  These projects
include:

                  1.  Investigation of the effectiveness of an abandoned
                      alkaline wastebed to absorb and retain Chrome and
                      other heavy metals present in steel mill wastes.

                  2.  A method of detoxification of hazardous air pollu~
                      tion baghouse dusts by transferring soluble chrome
                      from the solid phase to the liquid phase for recycle
                      or treatment.

                  3.  Reuse of waste acid, from our pickling operations,
                      as the primary coagulant at Crucible's Industrial
                      wastewater treatment plant.

-------
     Crucible Specialty Metals is a specialty steel mill located on a 75
acre site in Syracuse, New York.  One thousand (1000) tons of stainless,
tool, high speed, valve, alloy and super alloy are produced per week.  The
main markets for the products are the aerospace,  automotive and machining
industries.

     Melting operations utilize EAF's (electric arc furnaces).  In 1906
Crucible started the first and only electric arc furnace in the Western
hemisphere.  A twenty two (22) and thirty five (35) ton EAF are now in
use.  High grade scrap and alloying materials are charged into the fur-
naces along with slagging agents.  When the initial melt is done, the
molten steel is transferred to a thirty five (35) ton Argon Oxygen De-
carburization vessel (ADD) for refining.

     Crucible also has a Vacuum Melting department consisting of Vacuum
ArcRemelting (VAR) and Crucible Particle Metallurgy (CPM) processes.  The
VAR furnace uses a metal electrode (poured in the Melt Shop) and remelts
the steel using high direct current and vacuum to remove impurities.  The
CPM process uses an induction furnace to remelt high speed steel.  The
molten steel is then poured through an atomizer where water or nitrogen
quenches it, forming micro ingots.  The micro ingots are heated to compac-
tion in an autoclave.

     Cogging operations consist of a 2000  Ton Davy press and 26" two-high
reversing mill which reduces the large ingots into billets.

     The Rod and Bar Mill consists of a 18" two high reversing mill for
roughing, 3 stands of 14" Mill for intermediate reduction, 2 stands of
12" Mill for bar finishing and a 10" vertical stand and 7 stands of 9"
Mill for wire products.  The North Rolling Mills consist of 14", 12-2 and
9" jobbing hand rolling mills.

     The North Hammer Shop uses 2,000, 4,000 and 8,000 pound steam hammers
to provide a good hot finished surface on the steel.

     Conditioning consists of grinding and pickling operations.  Mechanical
grinders and hand operated swing frame grinders use abrasive wheels  to  re-
move the ingot .skin and any other major surface defects.  Pickling  is util-
ized to chemically remove mill scale and to impart a satisfactory finish
on the product.  Pickling solutions include muriatic acid,  sulfuric  acid,
nitric hydrofluoric acid, potassium permanganate, molten caustic, suspended
lime and various coating solutions.

-------
     Bar Finish operations include straightening, grit blasting, lathe
turning, grinding, machining, cold draw, sawing, inspection and shipping.

     Waste streams from these various operations are similar in volume
and basic pollutants to any other steel mill, however, since Crucible
makes 400 grades of specialty steel, more "specialty" pollutants (e.g.
Cr, Ni, W, etc.) and less "poor quality" scrap pollutants (e.g. Pb, Zn,
etc.) are seen.  The 400 grades produced also lead to variability within
the waste streams.

     Typical waste stream analysis for solid wastes are presented in
Table 1, for leachables from solid waste in Table 2, and for liquid
wastes entering the waste water treatment plant in Table 3.

     Of specific concern is the parameter Cr   (Hexavalent chromium) due
to its toxic and soluble nature.  Cr   is present in EAF baghouse dust
and AOD baghouse dust,  as a result of the high temperatures and oxida-
tion that occurs during melting and refining.  Cr   is also  generated
in the molten caustic tanks.  The chrome from the mill scale and the
product are oxidized into the hexavalent state.  The Cr+" is not a
problem per se while in the solid waste form, but, becomes a major
problem when water is leached through the material.

     The solid wastes generated at the mill are landfilled on top of an
abandoned alkaline waste bed.  The waste bed contains 60 feet of waste
material from the Solvay Process production of soda ash (Na£ CO^).   The
alkaline nature of the waste bed, along with its homogeneity and adsorp-
tive capacity make it a unique repository for metallic wastes.   Ground
water analysis from various levels both in ancLunder the waste bed show
non detectable levels of metals (including Cr  ) from the steel making
wastes which have been deposited there over the past 9 years.  Metals
which are leached by rain water are adsorbed and retained in the top
layer of the Solvay Process waste.

     EAF and AOD dusts have not been deposited at our landfill since
March 3, 1982 and are now being recycled for recovery of nickle and
chrome units.

     Prior to recycling, a method for detoxification of EAF and AOD dusts
was developed (See figure 1).  The basic philosophy is to transfer the
hazardous component (Cr~*"°) from the solid phase to the liquid phase with
subsequent treatment or reuse.  The resulting wet dust would not contain
any hazardous leachable components (as defined by RCRA) and could be dis-
posed of in a sanitary landfill.

     The detoxification process involves a leach tank and high shear
mixer to thoroughly wet the dust.  The dilution ratio is 5  (total mixture
weight) to 1 (solids weight).

     The solvent used will be dependent on the anticipated final use of
the liquid:

-------
                                                    TABLE  1
                                         COMPOSITION OF CRUCIBLE HASTES
                                                  ing/Kg or ppm
     Wastes
                                                           Parameters
                              ALK    Al
               As   Cd   CN    Cr(T)    Cu
                                               Pb   Hg
                                                                                                N1
                                                                                                       Zn
A) Non-Hazardous Wastes
   Coolant Swarf (Krasney)
   WWTP Sludge
   Slag
   Mill Scale
   Boiler House Ashes
   Grinding Dust
   Coolant Swarf, South
    Wire Hill
B) Hazardous Wastes
   Air Pollution and
    AOD Oust
   Waste Caustic Solids
  62     590  3.0  100  0.04   50,000  5520  136,000   10  0.04    NA     19
 930   2,000  5.0   48  0.04   10,800   660   92,000  MO  0.2    3,340  460
 400  13,400  2.0   38  0.15    6,400    89   29,000   30  0.04   2.560   40
  12     210   10   70  0.04    1.380  1840   58,600  2.0  0.04  16,000   18
  48   2,000  2.0  1.2  0.04       47    33  111,000  2.0  0.04      48   17
  20     290  7.5  8.1  0.004  60.800  3360  500,000   18  0.04  25,000   21
  94


1600
6000
 120  5.0   71  0.04   26.000    47  166,000    4  0.04  11,800   50
4000  7.0   74  0.40
 120  7.0  8.0  2.75
6,600   840  100,000 2600  0.6    4,200 5000
7.200    75    8.600    2  0.04     336  7.0

-------
                                                TABLK 2

                                     FP TOXICITY TEST LEACHATE RESULTS
Wastes
Parameters (mg/1 )
Arsenic
Detection Limits
A) Non-Hazardous Wastes
WWTP Sludge
Slag
Mill Scale
Boiler House Ashes
Grinding Dust
Coolant Swarf, South
Hire Mill
Excavated Soil Material
B) Hazardous Wastes
Air Pollution Dusts
ADD Dust
Waste Caustic Solids

LT
LT
LT
LT
LT

LT
LT

LT
LT

0.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002

.002
.002

.002
.002
0.007
Barium

LT
LT
LT
LT
LT

LT
LT

LT
LT
LT
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0

1.0
1.0
1.0
Cadmium
0.01
0.05
0.01
0.20
0.01
0.11

0.04
0.10

1.59
0.33
0.04
Total
Chromium
0.01
LT 0.01
0.02
0.15
0.30
0.33

1.70
0.09

56
LT 28
LT126
Lead
0.02
0.1B
0.16
0.08
0.08
0.02

0.10
0.48

0.08
0.16
0.26
Mercury
0.002
LT .002
LT .002
LT .002
LT .002
LT .002

LT .002
LT .002

0.03
LT .002
.002
Selenium
0.002
LT .002
0.022
LT .002
LT .002
LT .002

LT .002
LT .002

0.012
0.024
0.008
Silver
0
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT

LT
0

0
LT
LT
.01
.01
.01
.01
.01
.01

.01
.03

.01
.01
.01
RCRA Limiting Con-
 centrations
5.0
100
1.0
5.0    5.0
0.2
1.0
5.0

-------
SUMMMARY  OF
    TABLE  3
AVERAGE  DAILY
CONTAMINANT  POUNDAGES
               TANK A INFLUENT
        (POUNDS PER 4-HOUR PERIOD)
Parameter
TSS
TOC
Cyanides-Total
Cyanides-Oxid.
Nitrate
Sulfate
Chloride
Cadmium-Total
Cadmium-Soluble
Chromium- Hex.
Chromium-Total
Chromium-Soluble
Copper-Total
Copper-Soluble
Iron-Total
Iron-Soluble
Zinc-Total
Zinc-Soluble
Fluoride
Average Value
4- days
606
112
1.42
0.087
132
3803
665
ND
ND
1.09
26
5.4
3.6
0.6
172.5
25.6
4.0
1.86
90
Highest
Daily Average
Value
1451
226
2.60
0.21
175
5647
811
ND
ND
2.18
66.0
17.0
6.6
1.12
495
100
7.1
3.5
111
Lowest
Daily Average
Value
94
27
0.79
0.007
7.0
2104
401
ND
ND
0.024
1.3
0.1
0.4
0.08
20.0
0.4
1.84
0.6
63.0
Ratio
Variability
15.4
8.4
3.3
30.0
2.5
2.7
2.0
0
0
90.8
50.8
170
16.5
14.0
24.7
250
3.9
5.8
1.8

-------
               -__—pH AND REOOX POTENTIAUMonitor/Riordir)






               -Dial Lrah Tor*
         Solid!  Tfanilir Pump
FIGURE  1

-------
     1.  If the process is used for recyling, water will be the
         solvent.  The resulting chromate solution has potential
         for use as a corrosion inhibitor, for sale to a chrome
         plater, or for chrome recovery via electro winning or
         other processes.

     2.  If the process is used strictly for detoxifying the dusts,
         a water and acid mixture will be the solvent used to increase
         the leaching and initiate treatment of the chromate.  The
         actual chromate reduction is discussed later in this report.

     The resultant wet dust can be pumped to a sludge and vacuum filter
or be disposed of directly, depending on the solids content.

     Chromate can enter the waste water at pickle lines by drag out,
carryover, or during normal rinsing and quenching operations.  The
chromate enters the waste stream in slugs due to the batch type oper-
ation.  This accounts for the large variability ratio as shown in Table
3.

     Crucible's industrial waste water (4.5 MGD) is collected at three
main pumpstations ranging in flow capacity from 200 gpm to 3800 gpm (See
Figure 2).  The waste water is pumped to the aeration tank where:

                        1.  It is blended
                        2.  Gross pH adjustment occurs
                        3.  FeS04 (ferrous  sulfate) is added

The waste water flows by gravity to a 120 foot diameter primary clarifier
where:

                        1.  pH is controlled at 7.6
                        2.  .6 ppm of a highly anionic polymer is added
                        3.  FeS04 is added as the primary coagulant and
                            to insure proper chromate reduction

     87% (3.9 MGD) of the clarified water flows into a wet well and is
recycled back to the mill for reuse.  The remaining 13% (.6 MGD) flows
to a secondary clarifier where:

                        1.  pH is adjusted to 8.2
                        2.  .6 ppm of a highly anionic polymer is added

Sludge from both clarifiers is pumped to a sludge thickener and then to
two 8 foot diameter vacuum filters.

     Hexavalent Chrome may be removed from waste water by any of the
four processes:
                        1.  electrochemical reduction followed by
                            chemical precipitation
                        2.  Ion exchange
                        3.  Dissolved air flotation

-------
                                        14"
                                        Mill
               9"
              Mill
          -Q	
                             Pump
                            Station
                              "4
                                                Pickling
                                      J
                   —a—
                     Pump
                    Station
                      "I
                                               .-
                                               Furnace
Straight Line
  Pickling
   26"
   Mill
Needle
 Wire

Copper
Plating
                                                 Pump
                                                 Station
                                                                                                 Recycle
                                                                                                Wet Well
  Boiler
  House
I 261 Mill I
[ Furnaces _J

Melt 1
Shop |

1 , s*
^\
	 Ji Resevolr 1
                                                                                                        Solids
                                                                                                   •—I Contact
                                                                                                         Tank
                                                                                                 Effluent
                                                                                                Treatment
                                                                                                   Effluent Dltchorge
                                                                                                   To Tributary 5A
FIGURE 2

-------
                           4.   chemical reduction followed by chemical
                               precipitation

      Electrochemical reduction processes rely on electrolytic production
 of ferrous iron to initiate hexavalent chrome reduction.   Since a ready
 supply of ferrous iron is  available in waste pickling acids, electro-
 chemical reduction processes are unnecessary and would be expensive.

      Ion-exchange is a hex-chrome removal technique used  for waste streams
containing no metal species other than chromium,  such as cooling water blow-
 down.   Presence of other metals in the Crucible  waste stream makes use of
 Ion-exchange impossible.

      Dissolved-air ion flotation is a removal process whereby a cationic
 surfactant is added to hex-chrome bearing water  forming a surface active
 complex which exists as a  collodial suspension.   This suspension is floated
 to the surface by air bubbles,  forming a froth which is aggregated by
 polymer additions and drawn off for disposal.

      Both Ion-exchange and dissolved-air Ion flotation remove hex-chrome
 without reduction and would leave a disposal problem of uncertain magni-
 tude and severity.

      Hexavalent chrome may be removed from the waste stream by chemical
 reduction of the hex-chrome to trivalent chrome  and eventual precipitation
 of the trivalent chrome as the hydroxide.

      Reduction may be carried out using S02 or the  Sulfite/bisulfate  so-
 dium salts,  or with ferrous iron (Fe+^).   Chemical  precipitation of tri-
 avalent chrome as the hydroxide may be done with caustic  soda or lime.
 Since Crucible has an available supply of ferrous iron in the form of
 waste pickling acids and presently uses caustic  soda, the ferrous reduction/
 caustic precipitation method is the most cost effective and logical treat-
 ment scheme.

      Hexavalent chromium is actually present in  waste waters in the form of
 oxyanions chromate (CrO,~2) or dichromate (C^Oy"^).  xhe proposed redox
 reaction with ferrous iron would proceed according  to the equation:

      Cr04~2 + 8H++3Fe+^»- Cr+3 + 4H20 -1- 3Fe+3 and  has a  redox potential
 of +-56 volts indicating an energetically favorable couple with three moles
 of ferrous iron reducing one mole of chromium.

      Laboratory testing demonstrated that a 5:1  molar ratio of Fe+^:  Cr+6
 resulted in optimum chromium reduction.

      Crucible's Pickle lines generate both waste  sulfuric  (^804) and waste
 muriatic acids'(HC1).  Both acids were studied to determine their capacity
 for hex-chrome reduction,  and both proved equally effective.  However,
 spent sulfuric acids constitute a larger volume  and a more readily available

-------
ferrous source, and therefore are more often used as the reducing
agent.

     Testing also demonstrated that the ferrous/chromate redox
reaction is essentially complete in one minute with both H2S04 and
HC1 waste pickle liquors,  (see Table 4, 1 through 6).  The redox
reaction also appears to proceed independent of pH, with chrome re-
duction evidenced from pH 3 to pH 10.

     Tests 7 through 9 were done to evaluate the stability of the
reduced and precipitated chromium to wide pH fluctuations and are
also reported in Table 4.  The precipitate was digested with NaOH
resulting in final pH of 10.9 and no increase in soluble chrome.
Digestion of the precipitate with HC1 to a final pH of 2.0 also pro-
duced no increase in soluble hex-chrome, but did show considerable
soluble trivalent chrome.  Precipitation of chrome with caustic under
automatic pH control guarantees low pH resolubilization of trivalent
chrome.

     Waste Water Treatment Plant influent was sampled and analyzed at
the aeration tank in an effort to quantify mean hex-chrome concentrations.
Analysis of data showed a range of hex-chrome from .006nig/:L to 4.65mg/l
with a mean concentration of 1.39mg/l,   Estimates to compute spent acid
requirements used an average volume of 4.5 mgd of water being processed
and a ferrous iron concentration of 5 x 1.4 mg/1 = 7.0mg/l required to
reduce the chrome.  Using spent H2S04 with a ferrous iron strength measured
at 63,400 mg/1  waste sulfuric acid requirements are calculated to be 500
gallons /day maximum.  This level of usage is equivalent to the upper limit
established for Ferric Chloride, the primary coagulant originally used at
the WWTP.  Ferrous iron (Fe+2) oxidized to ferric iron (Fe+3) in the chrome
reduction process may now be used as a primary coagulant as well as a Hex-
chrome reducing agent.

     A Ferrous Sulfate solution of approximately 3% Fe+^ is metered to the
aeration tank.

     Pumping rates are established according to approximate flow rates and
an assumed Cr+6 influx of 2.0  mg/1.  Ferrous Sulfate is metered to main-
tain a 5:1 molar ratio of Fe+2: Cr+ .  Automatic pH control establishes
required pumping rates for caustic soda with a target pH of 7.2 as a goal
before discharge to the primary clarifier (SCTA).

     pH is automatically adjusted in SCTA to 7.6 using ferrous  sulfate and
caustic soda as the reagents.  A high molecular weight organic  polyelec-
trolyte is also added to SCTA to assist in the flocculation of  the waste
water.   This polymer is anionic in nature, and appears to work  synergis-
tically with the ferrous sulfate resulting in improved coagulation.

     Approximately 87% of the effluent  from SCTA is recycled  back to  the
mill and requires no further processing.  The remaining  13%  of  the flow
is routed to the secondary clarifier  (SCTB).  15%  l^SO^  acid,  anionic

-------
                     TABLE 4
  LABORATORY RESULTS FOR HEX-CHROME REDUCTIONS
REA
Test t CAUSTIC RtNS

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cr-tot
(mg/I) "
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
£r_
(nig/
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
CTANTS
E ACID PI(
Fe+2
1) (n.R/1.:
H2S04
H2S04
H2S04
HC1
HC1
HCL
HCl
:KLE
)
25
25
25
42
42
42
42
- (ppt. filtered
LIQUOR
,000
,000
,000
,000
,000
,000
,000
MIXTURE
MOLAR RATIO
Fe*2:

5:
5:
5:
5:
5:
5:
5:
and digested
Cr+6

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
.01N
PH
ADJUSTMENTS
PRODUCTS
Fe-tot Cr-tot Cr+6
(mg/1) (mg/1) (mg/1)
4.0 -
4.0 -
5.0 -
9.4 -
9.4 -
9.8 -
9.4 -
10.9 -
1 min. contact
15 min. contact
90 rain, contact
1 min. contact
15 min. contact
90 min. contact
no adjustment
no adjustment
3.0
4.0
.22
.01
.01
.02
.60 .01
1.77 .35
0.1
0.1
o.i
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
             NAOH)

(ppt.  filtered and digested .01N   2.0 - no adjustement
             HCl)
46
11.7   0.1

-------
 polymer,  and caustic solution are metered and final effluent is automati-
 cally maintained at a pH of 8.2.   This base adjustment in pH is insurance
for complete removal of trivalent  chromium as a metal hydroxide.

 This reduction/precipitation removal mechanism for chromium is character-
 ized by indisputable economic benefits:

      1.   Elimination of transportation and disposal charges for spent acid

      2.   Reduction of tax liabilities (State Superfund on disposal of
          wastes)

      3.   Reduction of chemical costs at  the Waste Water Treatment plant
          (complete elimination of FeCl3  as the primary coagulant)

      4.   Improved overall treatment

      5.   A decrease in future, capital spending for additional pollution
          abatement devices.

      The  use of spent acids have  the additional capacity of reducing  toxic
 hexavalent chromium from EAF and  ADD dusts,  thus diminishing a potential
 solid waste problem should recovery of metals from these dusts prove  un-
 economical.

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER

     The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the views
of the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.

                      GROUNDWATER MONITORING STRATEGIES
               FOR STEEL INDUSTRY RESIDUE DISPOSAL OPERATIONS .

                   by:  Andrew P. Pajak and David W. Hupe
                        Michael Baker, Jr., Inc.
                        4301 Dutch Ridge Road
                        Beaver, PA  15009

                                  ABSTRACT

     Regulations issued by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and
state regulatory agencies require that owners or operators of existing and
new surface impoundment, landfill, or land treatment hazardous waste manage-
ment facilities implement a groundwater monitoring program.   Moreover,
evolving non-hazardous waste regulations are including groundwater monitor-
ing and protection requirements.  RCRA hazardous waste regulations published
on July 26, 1982 are significantly different than previously imposed regula-
tions.  This paper highlights the new regulatory approach and differences
between the existing and new federal RCRA regulations, especially in the
area of flexibility and variances.  Design of an acceptable monitoring
network and protocol are discussed.  Problems experienced in monitoring
network design and interpretation of resulting data are illustrated.
Concise flowcharts of actions required by the regulations and an outline for
designing a groundwater monitoring program are provided.
                                INTRODUCTION

     Most owners or operators of hazardous waste treatment,  storage,  or
disposal facilities with interim status have,  as required by Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) regulations promulgated on May 19,
1980, initiated groundwater monitoring programs.  In fact, Baker Engineers
has assisted numerous steel industry clients in designing and implementing
these programs.  However, on July 26, 1982, new interim final regulations
(Subtitle C, Part 264, Subpart F) were published specifying  a substantially
revised groundwater monitoring and response program that must be applied at
new and existing surface impoundments, landfills, waste piles, and land
treatment facilities.  Rather than utilize previous projects as case studies
to describe groundwater monitoring approaches, this paper focuses on several
key areas of the new regulations; especially,  those areas that allow the
regulated entity to use technical judgments in complying with the objectives
of the regulations.

     An overview of the groundwater monitoring requirements  of the July 26,
1982 regulations is presented.  Steps in designing and implementing a
technically acceptable program then are outlined.  Problems  experienced by

-------
Baker Engineers on previous projects are identified.  The remainder of this
paper highlights areas of the regulations.allowing flexibility (but requir-
ing a sound technical basis to gain variances) and briefly addresses a risk
analysis approach to formulating the technical basis.

           OVERVIEW - GROUNDWATER MONITORING AND RESPONSE PROGRAM

     In the interim final RCRA regulations of July 26, 1982, three types of
groundwater monitoring programs are specified:  detection monitoring,
compliance'monitoring, and corrective action.  The objectives are to:

     1.   detect leakage from the regulated unit (any impoundment, landfill,
          pile or land treatment waste management unit that receives hazard-
          ous waste after January 26, 1983)

     2.   determine if contaminant concentrations in the groundwater exceed
          levels that protect human health and the environment, and

     3.   undertake and measure the effectiveness of corrective actions if
          these concentrations have been exceeded.

     The programs must be conducted throughout the active life of the unit
as well as a post-closure care period.  They dictate increased response to
groundwater contamination as evidence of contamination increases.  There-
fore, the programs may be implemented sequentially, or it may be necessary
to shift between the compliance and corrective programs when hazardous
constituent levels in the groundwater fluctuate above and below constituent
limits, or it may never be necessary to go beyond detection monitoring.
However, only one program can be in operation at a time.  Figure 1 presents
an overview of the groundwater monitoring and protection approach.  Fig-
ures 2, 3, and 4 illustrate more detailed flowcharts of the actions required
in each of the three programs.

                    GROUNDWATER MONITORING PROGRAM DESIGN

     As might be expected, the level of effort required to design and
implement the groundwater monitoring program is site specific.  Availability
of background data, complexity of site history and uses, variability of
subsurface conditions, site accessibility,  proximity to other potential
sources of contaminants and potential water users, as well as other factors
play significant controlling roles in the final effort required.   A detailed
explanation of a recommended sequence for design of a monitoring program to
comply with the new hazardous waste regulations cannot be provided within
the extent of this paper.  Therefore, an outline is provided in Table 1.  It
can serve as a reference planning tool during formulation of early monitor-
ing (detection type) programs.  This outline recounts most of the actual
steps followed during a recent investigation by Baker Engineers for a major
steel industry client.

     Several problems have been encountered during the monitoring projects
which are worth noting as they may relate to steel industry monitoring

-------
   Owner Applies
   for Permanent
   Hazardous Waste
   Facility Permit
                                     Site is New
                                     Site Existing and
                                     Permitted Under
                                     Interim Status
                                     Regulations
                                                               Administrator May Provide
                                                               Provision in Permit to
                                                               Implement  Detection and
                                                               Compliance Monitoring
                                                               Programs and Corrective
                                                               Action Program in Response
                                                               to Certain Conditions
                                                                         i
                                                                                                                     Continue Operation
                                                                                                                     Without Groundwater
                                                                                                                     Monitoring
                                    Design/Operation
                                    Fails (e.g. Liner
                                    Leaks)
                    • NO
                                                                                                         YES
Site is Exempted From Moni-
toring Due to Design or
Operation (e.g. Double
Lined Surface Impoundment)
                                                                                                    Implement Detection
                                                                                                    Monitoring Program or
                                                                                                    Correct Failure (e.g.
                                                                                                    repair liner)
Statistical Analysis of
Indicator Parameters of
Interim Program Reveal
a Potential Contamina-
tion Problem at Down-
gradient ("Compliance")
Point(s)
Administrator Requires
Implementation of Detection
Monitoring Program and
May Provide Provision in
Permit to Implement
Compliance Monitoring
Program and Corrective
Action Program in Response
to Certain Conditions
                                                                                                                              \
                                                                                            • YESI
Figure 1.   Standards  for Owners  and  Operators of Hazardous Waste
                 Treatment,  Storage  and  Disposal  Facilities.   Basic
                 Groundwater Monitoring  and Response Program Elements.
                  (40  CFR, Part 264,  Subpart F)  Effective January 26, 1983.
                                     Administrator Requires Imple-
                                     mentation of Compliance Moni-
                                     toring Program and May Provide
                                     Provision in Permit for Correc-
                                     tive Action Program in Response
                                     to Certain Conditions
                                                                                                                                 \
                                                                  \

-------
                                                        Establish:
                                                        — Sulficient Network of
                                                          Wells to Monitor
                                                          Upgradient and Down-
                                                          gradient Conditions
                                                        — Procedures & Techniques
                                                          ° Sample  collection
                                                          0 Preservation & shipment
                                                          0 Analytical procedures
                                                          o chain ol cuslody
                                                                                \
Determine Background
Quality at Upgradienl
WeH(s) by Quarterly
Sampling lor 1 Year
(Min. 4 samples each
lime)
Determine Groundwater
Elev. each Sampling
Run
                     \
Not Required Bui Should Also Con-
tinue Regular Sampling of Upgradiont
Well(s)
  Site is Existing
  And Permitted
  Under Interim
  Status Regs.
  (Background Data
  Available)
                              — Sample Downgradient
                                Wells at a Minimum
                                Semi-annually (4
                                replicate samples
                                at each well)
                              — Determine Groundwaler
                                Elev. each Sampling
                                Run
                                  Annually (minimum)
                                  Determine Groundwaler
                                  Flow Rate and Direction
                                  If Modification to De-
                                  tection Program (e.g
                                  new well) is Necessary
                                  Submit Application to
                                  Administrator Requesting
                                  Required Change Within
                                  90 Days
Each Sampling Run Deter-
mine i| Statistically
Significant Change In
Quality Has Occurred at
Downgradient ("Compliance")
Points By Comparison with
Initial Background Values
                           Owner Believes Change is
                           Attributable to Another
                           Source or Error in
                           Sampling, Analysis or
                           Evaluation
                                                                                                                                                         Well or Wells
                                                                                                                                                         Seemingly Affected
                                                                                                                                                         Are Resampled and
                                                                                                                                                         Analyses Repeated
   - Notify Administrator Within 7
    days Regarding the Change
    Delected
   - Indicate That Owner Intends to
    Prove That Supposed Contamina-
    tion Irom Facility is Unfounded
   - Submit a Report Containing
    Proof of Findings Within 90
    Days to the Administrator
   - Submit Within 90 Days a Plan
    it Required of Changes to the
    Detection Program
                                 \
Note: "Actions" specified above and the respective
   time periods tor completion begin in response to
   the confirmation of significant change in groundwater
   quality. The various times are not cumulative.
Immediate Action
— Notify Administrator Within 7 Days
of Change Detected and Details
Determine Concentrations of All
that Are Present in Groundwater
(1 sample from each well)
— Sample Upgradient Well(s) Quarterly
or more often to Determine Back-
ground Values of the Appendix VIII
Points During Screening (min. 4
samples each lime)
\
ve
e to
undwater



\






\
















Action Wllhln 3 Months (90 Dayi)
Submit an Application for a Permit
Modification to Establish a Corn-
Administrator did not include a
including:
of any Appendix VIII Constituents
found at Downgradienl Wells During
— A Proposed Concentration Limit
Including either the Groundwater
Prelection Limils in Table 1, the
Background Concentralion of the
Constituent, or a Notice of Intent to
For Each Hazardous Constituent
Found at the Downgradienl Wells
— Description of any Proposed
Changes to the Monitoring
System, Sampling Frequency,
Fulfill Compliance Monitoring
Program Requirements
\
\










X,












Variance Sought For
Concentrations of
Any Constltuent(s)
\ vis
Action Wllhln 6 MOB. (1
Submit All Data to Just
Variance Sought
\ f
Owner Desires to Seek
(ration Variance For Eve
Hazardous Constituent
Wells Which Significant
Diflers From the Backg
Level or Appropriate Gr
Protection Limit in Sec
Table 1
\ 1
| _[

                                                             &-
                                                   All Hazardous Constituents
                                                   Detected al Downgradient
                                                   Wells Are Listed in Section
                                                   264 94. Table 1 anj Their
                                                   Concentrations Do Not Exceed
                                                   Ihe Respective Limils
                                                                             \
                                                                                                                                                                  \
                                                                                                                                                                              Acllon Wllhln 6 Mo». (180 Dayi)
                                                                                                                                                                               Submit Engineering Feasibility
                                                                                                                                                                               Plan lor Correction Activities
Figure  2.    Detection  Monitoring  Program  Requirements.
                           (40  CFR,   Part  264,   Subpart  F,   Section  264.98)
                                                                                                                                                          Implement Compliance Monitoring
                                                                                                                                                          Al Direction of Administrator
                                                                                                                                                          and/or Other Required Action

-------
   — Sample Downgradient Wetls
     At a Minimum Quarterly
     (4 Replicate Samples a!
     Each Well)
   — Analyze (or Hazardous
     Constituents Specified
   — Determine Groundwator
     Elev. Each Sampling Run
                                          Not Required But Should Also
                                          Regularly Monitor Upgradi-
                                          ent Wetl(s)
                                        - Annually (Minimum) Analyze
                                         Snmples Irom Downgradienl
                                         Wells (or AM Appendix VIM Consli-
                                         luonls  (I sample from each well)
                                         Report Concentration ol Nfw \-\f\7-
                                         firdous Constituents lo Ailmmis
                                         Irator Wilhrn 7 Days Admmislra-
                                         lor May Add These Constituents to
                                         Monitoring Program
                                         Annually (mitiimgm) Determine
                                         Gtoundwater Flow flnle and
                                         Direction
                                         It Modification lo Compliance Pro-
                                         gram (e g new well) is Npcrssary
                                         Submit Application to Administra-
                                         tor Requesting Required Changs
                                         Within 90 Days
                                                                                                               \
                                                            Each Quarterly Sampling
                                                            Determine if a Statisti-
                                                            cally Significant
                                                            Detrimental Change in
                                                            Hazardous Constituent
                                                            Concentrations Has Occurred
                                                            at Downgradient Points
                                                                                                            Single Point in Time Com-
                                                                                                            parison of Upgradtent and
                                                                                                            Downgradienl Quality where
                                                                                                            There is a Demonstrated
                                                                                                            High. Long-Term Correlation
                                                                                                            Betwen Quality at Upgradi-
                                                                                                            enl and Downgradienl Welts
                                                I
                                         Significant Change
                                         Detected
Well or Wells Seem-
ingly Affected Are
Resampled and Analyses
Repeated
                                               !
~\
                                          Significant Change
                                          Confirmed
                                                  Owner Believes Change is
                                                  Attributable to Another
                                                  Source or Error in Sampling,
                                                  Analysis or Evaluation
                                                                                                                     \
                                                  - Notify Administrator Within
                                                    7 Days Regarding the Change
                                                    Dectected
                                                  - Indicate That Owner Intends
                                                    to Prove that Supposed Con-
                                                    tamination from Facility is
                                                    Unfounded
                                                  - Submit a Report Containing
                                                    Proof of Findings Within
                                                    90 Days to Administrator
                                                  - Submit Within 90 Days A
                                                    Plan of Any Changes
                                                    Required to Compliance
                                                    Monitoring Program
                                                                                                                       \
— Notify Administrator of
  Findings Within 7 Days
— Submit Application lo
  Administrator Within 180
  Days for Permit Modifica-
  tion to Establish a
  Corrective Action Program
  (if the Administrator did
  not include a provision in
  original permit) Including
  at a Minimum:
  • detailed description of
    proposed corrective action
  • proposed plan for ground-
    water monitoring  to
    demonstrate effectiveness
— Submit Above Application
  Within 90 Days If An
  Engineering Feasibility
  Plan for Correction Acti-
  vities Was Submitted During
  Detection Monitoring Program
                                                                                                                              \
                                                                                                                                                                                            Implement Corrective Action
                                                                                                                                                                                            Program At Direction ot
                                                                                                                                                                                            Administrator and/or other
                                                                                                                                                                                            Required Action
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     \
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    _\
Figure   3.     Compliance  Monitoring  Program  Requirements.
                           (40  CFR,  Part  264,   Subpart   F,   Section   264.99)

-------
   Initiate Approved Correction Program
   to Remove or Treat In Place
   Hazardous Constituents
   Occurring at the Compliance
   Point (Downgradient well
   locations) Which Exceed the
   Permit Concentration Limlt(s)
                                                            i
Monitor Groundwaler Quality
To Determine If the Hazardous
Constituents Exceed Specified
Concentrations at the Com-
pliance Point. (The Moni-
toring Program Must Be As
Good or Better Than The
Compliance Monitoring
Program)
                                                                                                                                          1°	
                                                                                                                                  Monitoring and Corrective
                                                                                                                                  Program Requirements
                                                                                                                                  Fulfilled For Specified
                                                                                                                                  Compliance period
Determine If Hazardous
Constituent Concentrations
at Compliance Boundary Have
Been Reduced to or Are Lower
Than Permit Concentration
Limit Due to Correction
Activities
— Continue/Reinstate Corrective
  Action and Continue Monitoring
— Submit Application  For Permit
  Modification within 90 Days If
  Change Is Required In Corrective
  Action
                  Monitor Groundwater To Determine
                  If Hazardous Constituents Are
                  Present Between The Compliance
                  Point And the Downgradient
                  Facility Property Boundary
                                                                                                                                Owner's Responsibilities End
                                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                      Monitoring and Corrective
                                                                                                      Program Requirements Fulfilled
                                                                                                      For Specified Compliance Period
                               Determine If Hazardous
                               Constituent Concentrations
                               Between Compliance Point
                               And Downgrndient Facility
                               Boundary are in Excess o(
                               Limit Specified  in The
                               Permit

Implement Corrective Program
To Remove or Treat In Place
Hazardous Constituents and
Continue Monitoring
\


\

\






Determine if Hazardous
Constituent Concentrations
Between Compliance Point
Facility Property Boundary
Have Been Reduced to or Are
(ration Limit Due to Correc-
tion Activities
Monitoring Program
Requirements Fulfilled
For Specified Compliance
Period
X
V

•M
\
5

r
                                                                      Report Effectiveness of the
                                                                      Correction Program Semi-
                                                                      Annualty
                                                              f
                                                                                                      Discontinue Corrective Action
                                                                                                      But Continue Monitoring
                                      L_
                  — Continue/Reinstate Correction
                     Program and Continue Monitor-
                     ing
                  — Submit Application for Permit
                     Modification Within 90 Days
                     If Change is Required in Cor-
                     rective Action
                                                                                                                                                                                      \
Figure  4.     Corrective  Action  Program  Requirements.
                          (40   CFR,  Part   264,   Subpart  F,   Section   264.100)

-------
         TABLE 1.  OUTLINE FOR GROUNDWATER MONITORING PROGRAM DESIGN
  I. Conduct Initial Background Investigations
     A.   Research published literature
          1.   Regional geology, soils, and probable aquifers
          2.   Regional groundwater quality and water well completion
               records
          3.   Potential background sources of contamination
     B.   Obtain background data from site personnel/owner
          1.   Local drilling logs/well logs
               a.   underlying natural liners or permeable zones
               b.   approximate depth to groundwater
               c.   groundwater quality
          2.   Site history
               a.   historic uses
               b.   natural soils in-place or disturbed
               c.   other wastes previously disposed on or near site and
                    still present or removed
          3.   Base mapping and aerial photos
          4.   Anticipated disposal area extent and configuration
          5.   Waste characteristics (physical, chemical)
     C.   Field reconnaissance and mapping in immediate vicinity of  disposal
          site
          1.   Locate outcrops for geologic correlations
          2.   Locate existing wells and springs as potential monitoring
               points
          3.   Map pertinent site features and identify other potential
               contamination sources
          4.   Identify possible monitoring well locations
 II. Develop Conceptual Monitoring Plan
     A.   Compile general geologic profile for site by correlating available
          site subsurface and outcrop information
     B.   Identify appropriate aquifer(s)  to be monitored
     C.   Select preliminary monitoring well locations and appropriate
          depths (consider including significant springs or substituting
          them for wells)
     D.   Identify additional data needed
     E.   Review with site personnel/owner
III. Conduct Subsurface Investigation(s)  to Supplement Existing Data
     A.   Exploratory drilling
          1.   Drill appropriate number of exploratory borings  around
               existing site as deep or deeper than the uppermost aquifer
               and potentially interconnected underlying aquifers and
               minimum 10 feet into groundwater.   For new  site  drill a few
               similar borings on-site
          2.   Conduct pump tests or laboratory permeability tests on
               aquifer materials and determine permeability and porosity
               (required for annual evaluations of rate of groundwater flow)
          3.   Case exploratory borings to maintain open holes

-------
         4.    Fully characterize site soils through laboratory classifica-
              tions
    B.    Determine direction of groundwater movement
         1.    Allow groundwater levels in exploratory borings to equalize
         2.    Measure groundwater levels in all exploratory borings,
              existing wells, and determine surface elevation of all  local
              lakes, etc.
         3.    Contour data to define direction(s)  of local groundwater
              movement
    C.    Geophysical surveying as possible supplement or substitute for
         drilling
IV. Design Permanent Monitoring Plan
    A.    Design and install permanent monitoring system
         1.    Revise preliminary geologic profile  using supplementary
              subsurface data
         2.    Revise conceptual well depths and locations as dictated by
              new profile and groundwater flow pattern
         3.    Convert exploratory borings to permanent monitoring wells,
              install additional wells,  and/or develop springs to ade-
              quately monitor background and downgradient conditions.
              Grout exploratory holes not used for monitoring.
    B.    Formulate sampling and analysis procedures
         1.    Sampling stations (drilled monitoring wells, existing wells,
              springs, related surface water samples)
         2.    Select parameters to be analyzed
              a.   general indicators of contamination
              b.   expected specific parameters related to waste type and
                   potential reaction products
         3.    Identify sampling frequency (at least semi-annually required)
         4.    Well evacuation and .sampling methods and equipment to assure
              representative samples are obtained
         5.    Sample volumes, container  types, and sample handling/
              preservation to assure sample integrity
         6.    Field versus laboratory analyses
         7.    Documentation procedures for field activities
         8.    Sample custody control and documentation to establish a
              record of proper sample handling
         9.    Analytical methods for desired detection level
        10.    Quality control
        11.    Resampling and possible sample splitting
    C.    Formulate data management procedures
         1.    Computer storage of data and assist  in calculating statisti-
              cal difference from background using student T-test
         2.    Graphical summaries for trend or single-point-in-time com-
              parisons
         3.    Reporting procedures and format
 V. Implement Monitoring Plan

-------
situations.  Foremost is the situation where the disposal site being moni-
tored is situated on or near other waste disposal sites.  In these circum-
stances, it may be nearly impossible to determine conclusively if the
disposal site being monitored is the source of detected contaminants, espe-
cially if similar waste constituents are present in both areas.  Much more
work than usual may be necessary at such sites to adequately characterize
background influences so that these contributions are not wrongly attributed
to the disposal site.

     A second significant problem relates to selection of monitoring well
locations and long-term protection of the wells.  Downgradient, detection
type monitoring wells must be situated as close as possible to the waste
management unit to provide early warning of groundwater contamination.
Additionally, the path of probable downgradient flows from a relatively
small waste unit usually is very limited in width.  Similarly, proper
location of upgradient wells may be very crucial in some instances to
properly define upgradient or background quality, especially when affected
by another localized source.  As a result, suitable areas for location of
both downgradient and upgradient wells to accomplish the necessary monitor-
ing usually are very limited.

     Repeatedly, owners of waste disposal sites fail to recognize the lack
of freedom in monitoring well placement without significantly compromising
the monitoring objectives.  Owners and their plant personnel must dedicate
the necessary locations for monitoring points and endeavor to protect these
locations.  Although monitoring wells routinely are protected at the ground
surface using steel casing, wells have been lost in the past due to inad-
vertent damage by heavy equipment, burial, and inundation.

     Another subject for concern is the overseeing (quality control) of
continuing monitoring activities.  The best designed monitoring program can
be severely compromised if proper evacuation of wells before sampling,
prevention of cross contamination of wells, proper sampling and preservation
of samples, laboratory quality control, and consistency are not given proper
attention.  The ultimate monitoring results may be erroneous and confusing
as well as indefensible if questioned by regulatory agencies.

                     AREAS OF FLEXIBILITY OR NEGOTIATION

     Within each of the three monitoring programs there are several areas
where the interim final regulations specify that actions must be taken, but
leave the details to be resolved by the regulated entity and EPA Regional
Administrator.  Moreover, partial or entire exclusions from groundwater
monitoring can be obtained for specific types of units (piles). designs
(landfills and impoundments with double liners), operations (hazardous
constituents of waste have been effectively treated), or site locations
(hydrogeologic setting precluding potential for hazardous constituent
migration to uppermost aquifer during active life and post-closure care
period; or, possibly in rare circumstances, where the uppermost aquifer is
severely contaminated and cannot be used provided that this aquifer is
isolated from other aquifers or surface waters).

-------
     In the detection and compliance monitoring programs, resolution of the
following major issues are based upon situation-specific information:

     •    selection of the parameters to be monitored based upon types and
          quantities of wastes managed at the unit and waste constituent
          concentrations, leachate reactions with underlying soils, detec-
          tion procedures and accuracies, and variability of background
          groundwater quality

     •    development of a monitoring network yielding representative
          samples; the number of monitoring wells at the compliance point
          are not specified and continued sampling of upgradient wells is
          not mandated although it will be necessary to effectively accom-
          plish the program

     •    specification of groundwater'protection standards comprised of a
          list of hazardous constituents, concentration limits,  point of
          compliance, and compliance period; the numerical concentration
          limit may be based upon the background concentration of a con-
          stituent, Maximum Concentration Limits (MCL) for the constituents
          in the Groundwater Protection Standards, or an Alternate Concen-
          tration Limit (ACL) based upon a variance demonstrating no adverse
          affect on human health and the environment

     •    method for determining compliance; based either upon single-
          point-in-time comparison of upgradient and downgradient samples or
          statistical comparison of downgradient samples against a set of
          background samples pooled over time

     •    actions which can be taken when a statistically significant
          detrimental change from initial background values has  been de-
          tected (verification of result, proof of contribution  by another
          source).

     In the corrective action program, the regulations do not specify the
remedial measures should the groundwater protection standards be exceeded.
A performance specification rather than a design specification is imposed.
Actions to reduce hazardous constituent concentration to meet the concentra-
tion limits at the compliance point and clean-up of a contamination plume
between the compliance point and facility property boundary are  required.

     All of these variances or site-specific issues will be addressed and
resolved as part of the site permitting process which may be an  ongoing
activity.  Because final specification of requirements lies with the EPA
Regional Administrator, it is anticipated that philosophies and  policies are
likely to differ in the various regional offices.  This could be an advan-
tage or disadvantage.  However, the regulatory approach does provide for
site specific information to be used to formulate the groundwater protection
program rather than attempting to mandate a program which effectively
addresses all likelihoods in a topic as broad ranging as hazardous waste
management.  The performance specification approach allows for greater use
of technical knowledge possessed by the facility operator and acknowledges

-------
the degree-of-risk issue.  It, however, must be recognized that in states
having primacy for writing facility permits the flexibilities may differ or
may not exist at all.

                               RISK ASSESSMENT

     Operators now have a greater opportunity to influence permit conditions
for their facilities.  To effectively exercise this opportunity, it is
necessary to be familiar not only with the regulatory language and tech-
niques for accomplishing groundwater monitoring, but also with methods for
developing a technical basis for permit requirements.  One approach to
developing such a technical basis is performance of a risk assessment.
Assessing risk involves determining the probability of an occurrence and the
consequences of that occurrence.  As it pertains to groundwater monitoring,
the focus is more towards examining the consequences once a statistically
significant difference from background levels has occurred.

     Assessments can vary widely in degree of complexity and confidence of
results.  The degree of refinement necessary will vary depending upon a
number of site-specific factors.  In general, to explore the consequences of
detection of contamination in a monitoring well the following closely
interrelated elements must be examined:

     •    reactions between migrating contaminants and soils in the area

     •    contaminant migration direction, extent, rates, and
          transformations

     •    hazard of migration to public health and the environment in the
          pathway of migrating contaminants.

     The scope of such an examination eould include the following activities:

     1.   A literature review to identify leachate transformation or attenua-
          tion reported in similar soils for the constituents of concern.

     2.   A review of public agency records to identify water resources and
          uses which could be affected by migrating leachate.

     3.   Laboratory bench scale column or sequential leaching tests or
          field scale lysimeter studies to determine site specific leachate
          formation and migration parameters.

     4.   A site water balance to estimate the quantity of leachate produced
          and potential areas to control leachate production.

     5.   Explorations characterizing the subsurface and the aquifer and
          providing the data base necessary to predict leachate movement.

     6.   Mathematical modeling of leachate transport and physical, chemical,
          or biological transformations such as attenuation (adsorption, ion
          exchange, filtration, precipitation), dispersion, and dilution.

-------
     7.   Modeling of transport and dispersion in surface waterways pre-
          dicted to be impacted by leachate migration.

     8.   Literature review or laboratory testing to determine allowable
          constituent concentrations in the affected water bodies that would
          not preclude the intended beneficial uses.

     For a new site, many of these activities should be undertaken at the
time of site design in order to arrive at a technically suitable, environ-
mentally protective, and cost-effective design.

     Having assessed the potential impact on beneficial water uses and
public health, a determination can be made with regard  to the implications
of detection of contamination in the monitoring wells.   Risk assessment is a
powerful tool which can be used effectively to develop  reasoned,  technically
sound basis for permit requirements for residue disposal operations.

-------
      The work described in this paper was not funded by the USEPA.  The
 contents do  not  necessarily reflect  the views of  the agency and no official
 endorsement  should be inferred.

       "LANDFILLING SOLID WASTES FROM SPECIALTY STEEL PRODUCTION
                     ON A SOLVAY PROCESS WASTEBED"

               J. A.  Hagannan, Ph.D., "R. W. Klippel, P.E.
               Calocerinos & Spina,  Consulting Engineers
              and R.  H.  Wills, Jr.r Crucible, Incorporated

                             INTRODUCTION

      State and Federal regulations governing waste disposal have required
 the Iron and Steel Industry to determine the hazardous nature of all
 wastes,  to keep  close account of hazardous wastes from source to ultimate
 disposal and to  treat or dispose of  hazardous wastes in an environmentally
 safe manner.   Implementation of these regulations leaves industry account-
 able for past disposal practices and will make industry responsible for
 adverse  impacts  from present or future waste disposal.

      In  the  case of Crucible Incorporated, Specialty Metals Division in
 Syracuse, New York,  Department of Environmental Conservation regulations
 require  permitting of landfills for  disposal of both hazardous and non-
 hazardous solid  wastes. The New York State regulations equal or exceed
 Federal  regulations for disposal of  hazardous wastes.

      Crucible has  been landfilling solid wastes on an abandoned Solvay
 Process  wastebed adjacent  to Onondaga Lake for the past nine years.  As
 a result of  a two-year study of the  chemistry, hydrogeology and structural
 stability of the landfill,  the continued operation of this site has been
 permitted by the State as  a non-hazardous solid waste management facility.

                         SOLVAY PROCESS WASTE

      Solvay  Process began  producing  soda ash in the Syracuse area in 1884
"because  of the abundant supply of raw materials including limestone, salt
 and process  water.   Waste  solids from the production were landfilled from
 1916 to  1950 in  a  swampy lowland adjacent to the western shore of Onondaga
 Lake.  The lakeside Solvay Process wastebed eventually comprised 364 acres
 fil'led to a  maximum height of 60 feet.  To construct the wastebeds, a
 waste slurry was transported to the  area by pipeline, confined in sections
 by hand-dug  dikes  and allowed to drain.  Segments of the total area were
 abandoned at several elevations resulting in a terraced structure sur-
 rounding the central plateau which is the site of the Crucible landfill.

-------
     Solvay  Process waste is composed of a mix of insoluble  oxides and
silicates, alkaline hydroxides which buffer the groundwater  at pH 11, car-
bonates and  soluble chloride salts which produce high salinity in the
wastebed groundwater.*  The silty wastes, when drained and settled, assume
a moist, cake-like  consistency with numerous cemented layers containing
flyash.  Salt content of the wastebed surface decreases by leaching several
years after  placement allowing development of a sparse but diverse vegeta-
tion including alkali-tolerant weeds, grasses and woody species, predom-
inantly willows and poplars.  The waste remains nutrient-deficient, largely
in phosphorus.  Fertilization results in marked increases in density of
vegetative cover.

                         CRUCIBLE SOLID WASTES

     The Crucible landfill presently occupies 17 acres of the lakeside
Solvay Process wastebed  with a maximum fill height of 5 feet.  Types of
waste landfilled, average annual volumes and results  of Extraction Pro-
cedure Toxicity testing  are shown in Table 1.
                             •

                     TABLE 1.   CRUCIBLE SOLID WASTES	
     Specific Waste
 Annual
Quantity
 cu. yd.   Classification
Hazardous
Parameters
 Current
Disposition
Currently Landfilled Wastes
Slag
Construction Debris &
. Refractories
Boiler House Ashes
Coolant Swan5
Mill Scale
WWTP Sludge
Total
Previously Landfilled Wastes
Grinding Dusts
- Air Pollution &AOD Dusts

Waste Caustic Solids
Acid Pickling Solids
Total •

6.290

4,104
1,437
1.375
1,121
165
14,492

688
1.176

200
50^
2,114




Non-Hazardous





Non-Hazardous
Hazardous

Hazardous
Hazardous





None





None
Chromium &
Cadmium
Chromium
Chromium





Landfill





Recycled & Reused
Recycled & Reused

CECOS Int'l
On-Site Treatment

  C.S. Grove, Jr.,  et al,  The Rehabilitation of Solvay Process Wastebeds,
  Bureau of Solid Waste Management, Environmental Control Administration,
  Public Health Service, Department of Health, Education and Welfare,
  Grant Number 5-R01-U1-00537-02, Dec. 1, 1969.

-------
 Slag, boiler house ash, swarf, scale and wastewater treatment plant sludge
 are non-hazardous wastes which comprise 63% of the total landfilling vol-
 ume.  Slag is a mineral residue generated during melting of scrap metal
 and added alloys in electric arc furnaces.  Boiler house ash is  a mixture
 of flyash and bottom ash produced by combustion of coal for generation of
 steam.  Metal finishing processes, such as grinding, 'produce a swarf con-
 sisting of abrasive and metallic particles and waste  coolant.  Scale is  a
 metallic oxide coating which develops on metal surfaces during heating and
 cooling and is removed by machining.  Wastewater treatment  plant sludge  is
 coagulated and dewatered solids removed from wastewater by  a two-stage,
 in-plant treatment process.  Air pollution dust is collected by baghouses
 from both the Electric Arc Furnaces (EAF)  and an Argon-Oxygen Decarburi-
 zation (AOD)  Vessel.   This material is hazardous due  largely to  the  con-
 tent of soluble,  toxic hexavalent Chromium.   In addition to testing  by
 the Extraction Procedure Toxicity Test, leaching studies by both column
 and successive batch  procedures give a hexavalent Chromium  content of
 approximately 430 mg.  per kg., dry dust.  Because of the toxic leaching
 potential of  air  pollution dusts landfilled  from 1973 in the case of EAF
 dust and from 1977 for AOD dust,  a geotechnical and chemical study of the
 Crucible landfill was  initiated.   The general objective of  this study was
 to determine  the  impact of the Crucible landfill on groundwater quality
 in the area.   Specifically, the fate of soluble,  toxic  hexavalent Chromium
 contained in  air  pollution dusts was to be determined.   In  addition, land-
 filling of air pollution dust was discontinued in March of  1982.  Dusts
 are presently being recycled for recovery  of Chromium and Nickel.

                   GEOTECHNICAL AND CHEMICAL  STUDIES

      The geotechnical  study was performed  by Thomsen Associates and  their
 affiliate Empire  Soils Investigations,  Incorporated.  The objectives of
 this study were to:

           sample  deposits  in the  area  including  landfilled  Crucible  wastes,
           Solvay Process waste  and  underlying natural deposits,

     -     define  subsurface conditions  and the hydrogeolic  regime at the
           site,

     -     install a groundwater monitoring system to determine impact of
           the Crucible  landfill on  groundwater quality  and

     -     evaluate stability and  settlement  characteristics  of the lake-
           side wastebed relative  to  the Crucible  landfilling  activities.

     In order to accomplish  these objectives,  43 borings were advanced in-
 to the wastebed using a machine-driven 3-1/4  inch hollow-stem auger.  Soil
 samples .were retrieved from  25 of these borings using a split-barrel sam-
 pler.  Soil samples were photographed and retained  for  classification arid
 chemical analysis.  While the majority of these borings penetrated Solvay
 Process wastes, three were advanced into natural deposits under the  waste-
bed with a maximum depth of  167 feet.  Deposits underlying  Solvay Process
waste generally consist of swamp deposits, lacustrine silts  and alluvio-

-------
 deltaic deposits over,glaciolacustrine silts and sand.  Depths and types
 of deposits vary with  location,  but beneath the Crucible site organic de-
 posits average 11 to 15  feet in thickness.

      Boreholes were converted into multiple piezometers* 2 inch monitoring
 wells or lysimeters to obtain groundwater surface measurements and water
 quality samples.  Detail of groundwater monitors is shown on Figure 1.
    0 -
   10 -
   20 -
   30 -
   40-
   50 _
   60 -
                   Well    Lysimeters     Piezometers
           3V*" Borehole
                                         %" PVC Risers
1- PVC Riser
                                 Lysimeter
                       Sandpack
                       2" PVC Riser
                       Bentonite Seal
                       Well Screen
            Swamp and Lacustrine Deposits
                                                            Crucible Waste
                                                           Solvay Process
                                                               Waste
                         Water
                        ' Table"
                                                            Solvay Process
                                                                Waste
              Piezometer
FIGURE 1.  DETAIL  OF GROUNDWATER MONITORS

-------
 Locations of these monitors are shown in Figure 2.
   Onondaga
FIGURE 2.  GROUNDWATER MONITORING LOCATIONS

-------
 A total of 62 monitors were utilized to investigate the groundwater flow
 regime.  A large groundwater mound was found to exist in the Solvay Process
 waste beneath the Crucible landfill.  Results of a series of 30  field and
 laboratory hydraulic conductivity measurements on the various geologic
 units at the site are consistent with a pattern of slow vertical movement
 of .groundwater through Solvay Process waste and the swamp/lacustrine layer
 into underlying deposits.  In underlying deposits, downward movement is
 restricted and groundwater flows laterally to surface waters of  Nine Mile
 Creek and Onondaga Lake.  Flow rates in the Solvay Process waste are cal-
 culated to be approximately 30 ft./yr., in the swamp/lacustrine  deposits
 less than 10 ft./yr. and in underlying deposits as high as 310 ft./yr.

      A three-dimensional mathematical model of the groundwater flow regime
 at the site was developed using a United States Geological Survey computer
 program.   The model simulates groundwater recharge and movement  using
 estimates of infiltration from rainfall and snowmelt and hydraulic con-
 ductivity from field and laboratory measurements.   The calibrated model
 closely correlates with groundwater surface data obtained from the monitor
 system and predicts 23 inches of infiltration annually through the Cru-
 cible waste and 9 inches through the Solvay waste.   These infiltration
 amounts produce a total annual leachate volume for the Crucible waste of
 approximately 10 million gallons.   This leachate is diluted by approxi-
 mately 30 million gallons of groundwater in underlying alluvial  and
 glaciolacustrine deposits prior to discharge to surface waters.

      Analyses of groundwater samples from the 41 monitoring wells (Figure
 2)  over the past two years show high pH (11)  and dissolved solids (mostly
 Sodium, Calcium and Chloride)  within the Solvay Process waste  due to the
 alkaline  and  saline nature of  the  waste.   The Chromium concentration in
 groundwater samples is  consistently below the detection limit  of the Atomic
 Absorption technique (.01 mg./L.)  which is below State groundwater stand-
 ards  (.05  mg./L.).   The only groundwater influence attributible  to the
 Crucible  landfill  is a  low level of Iron and  Manganese typically below the
 State groundwater  standard of  .3 mg./L.

      During the  late winter/early  spring snowmelt  period,  numerous seeps
 develop near  the base of  the Solvay Process wastebed as the groundwater
 mound rises due  to  high recharge.   A series of  five seepage galleries were
 installed  in  areas  of heavy seep flows  as  part  of  the geotechnical project.
 Location of these monitors is  shown in  Figure 3.   Analyses of  these five
 seeps, as well as other smaller  seepage areas,  also show Chromium concen-
 trations below the  detection limit  of .01 mg./L.   From these analyses of
well and seep samples, it  is evident  that  the soluble hexavalent Chromium
 contained in landfilled air  pollution dusts has not reached the  groundwater
regime in detectible  concentrations  in  the nine years of operation of the
landfill.

     In order to determine  the fate of  this potential pollutant, a series
of four lysimeters were installed in an area  of  the Crucible landfill known
to contain fresh (-^ 1 year) air pollution dust.  This location is shown
as Ly 201 on Figure 2.  The lysimeters were installed at six-foot intervals

-------
FIGURE 3.  SEEPAGE GALLERY LOCATIONS

in the unsaturated zone of the. Solvay Process waste directly beneath the
fresh air pollution dust.  A vacuum is placed on the sampler overnight to
draw pore water into the sampler.  The sample is then retrived by pressure
the following day.  Analyses of samples from this monitor system showed high
concentrations of hexavalent Chromium (approximately 1,000 mg./L.) in the
surface lysimeter directly under the Crucible landfill but Chromium below
detection limits in deeper lysimeters.

     A series of twelve test pits were also dug with a backhoe around the
edge of the Crucible landfill both in areas of air pollution dust deposits
and in areas with no dusts.  The location of these pits is shown in Figure 4.

-------
                                               CRUCIBLE
                                                  FILL
FIGURE 4.  TEST PIT LOCATIONS

In each case where air pollution dust was landfilled,  a yellow stain was
observed in the surface of the Solvay Process waste immediately under the
dust.  Analyses of this yellow stain showed high levels (to 500 ppm) of
hexavalent Chromium adsorbed to the Solvay Process  waste.  Comparison of
the extent of migration of the stain to the age of  the dust deposits re-
veals that the soluble hexavalent Chromium is leached  from the air pollu-
tion dust within one year of landfilling and is contained in the top six
feet of Solvay Process waste within three years.  No further migration of
the Chromium is evident up to five years after landfilling.  The complete
monitoring system installed in the fresh air pollution dust deposits is
shown in Figure 5.

-------
  0 -
 10 -
 20 -
 30 -
 40-
 50 J
 CO-
' 1

— '• ' •
I
• _ -

•: • •'•;' f1
.',:'•''. $jjj$$l&Mig£
TT ' 	 J
u Extent of
Test Pit {
'
.

Crucible Waste

Solvay Process
Wasle
-Conlaminent
Enclave
Water
Table
Splvay Process
Waste
I
       Swamp and Lacustrine Deposits
FIGURE 5.  FRESH AIR POLLUTION DUST MONITORING SYSTEM

     The partitioning of hexavalent Chromium between groundwater and  Solvay
Process waste has been studied in our laboratory by measuring the adsorption
isotherm for Solvay Process waste samples taken from the surface of the
wastebed, the bottom of a test pit and at a depth of 23 feet.   In all cases,
a linear isotherm was obtained with distribution coefficients of 2.9  ml./g.
for the surface sample, 5.2 ml./g. for the test pit sample and 7.4 ml./g.
for the sample from 23 feet in the wastebed.   The adsorption maximum  of
5,300 mg./kg.  for the deep Solvay Process waste may be compared to values
of 670 mg./kg.  for montmorillonite clay and 190 mg./kg.  for kaolinite clay
as determined  by Griff en in similar tests.*  The stains found in the  test
   Griff en et al, Effect  of  pH on Adsorption of Chromium From Landfill-
   Leachate by Clay Minerals,  J.  Environ.  Sci.  Health,  A12(8), 431-449 (1977)

-------
 pits are examples of "contaminant enclaves" which are stable with finite
 pollutant sources such as the air pollution dust deposits.   Solvay Process
 waste immobilizes the hexavalent  Chromium much more efficiently  than  an
 equivalent layer of clay typically used as a landfill liner.

      Analysis of metal content in samples of Solvay Process  waste taken from
 borings at the landfill reveals low levels of reduced,  precipitated non-
 toxic Chromium in the vicinity of the groundwater table beneath  the Crucible
 landfill.  No Chromium was found  in samples taken from borings off the
 Crucible landfill.   The samples containing Chromium also showed  high  levels
 of Iron relative to the rest  of the Solvay Process waste samples taken both
 under and off the Crucible landfill.   Beyond the contaminant  enclaves iden-
 tified in test pits an extensive  zone of very low concentrations of soluble
 hexavalent Chromium could slowly  transfer very low levels of  Chromium from
 the enclaves to the water table.   This transfer would be accentuated  during
 late winter and early spring  when high recharge of the  aquifer occurs.  At
 the water table,  very low concentrations of hexavalent  Chromium  could be re-
 duced and precipitated by redox coupling with soluble Iron in the ground-
 water.

      The impact of  leachate from  the  Crucible landfill  on the waters  of
 Onondaga Lake has been estimated  by calculation of daily groundwater  loads
 of trace metals.  As a percentage of  total loads to the Lake, groundwater
 loads from the Crucible landfill  are  negligible.

      Analysis of  the strength and structural stability  of the Solvay Process
 wastebed relative to the Crucible landfill included in  situ vane shear and
 torvane tests,  laboratory unconfined  compression tests  and consolidation
 tests.  Slope stability analyses  indicate an acceptible factor of  safety for
 a 10 foot lift of Crucible waste  with an edge setback of 100  feet.  Maximum
 settlement with a 10 foot Crucible lift  was estimated to be 5 feet resulting
 in a dish-shaped  surface which will promote containment of surface runoff
 and downward percolatioa of infiltrated  water.

                PRESENT STATUS"AND FUTURE OPERATING PLANS

      Crucible is  presently operating  the landfill under a five-year permit
 from the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation as a non-
 hazardous solid waste disposal facility.   No air pollution dust  or other
 hazardous wastes  will be landfilled at the site.

      As part of the operation permit,  a  quarterly landfill inspection and
"groundwater sampling and analysis  program have been developed.   Water sam-
 ples from selected  wells,  seeps and lysimeters will be  closely monitored
 to'insure that  hexavalent Chromium concentrations at the water table  do not
 exceed State groundwater standards and to further document the secondary
 redox control of  soluble Chromium by  Iron.   Neither daily nor intermediate
 cover will be required prior  to closure  of the present  site.  A  maximum
 lift of ten feet  of waste is  permitted,  producing a lifetime  for the  present
 landfill of ten years.   Details of closure of the present landfill and re-
 quirements for  liner,  leachate collection and cover for a future expansion
 area are presently  under deliberation by the State.

-------
              MILL SCALE DE-OILING BY CRITICAL-FLUID EXTRACTION
                        By:   Thomas J. Cody, Jr.
                             Richard P.  de Filippi
                             Christopher P. Eppig
                      CRITICAL FLUID SYSTEMS,  INC.
                      An Arthur D.  Little Company

                       25 Acorn Park
                       Cambridge,  Massachusetts
Presented at the Symposium on Iron and Steel Pollution Abatement Technology
                            NOVEMBER 16,  1982

-------
                                 ABSTRACT
     A process for de-oiling mill scale with critical-fluid solvents  (lique-
fied gases or supercritical fluids) has been successful in, bench-scale
tests.  A process design and evaluation has been completed, and preliminary
economic estimates for both capital and operating costs appear promising.
Additional testing for final process definition is expected to .be concluded
in several months.

-------
   The work described in this paper was not funded by the U. S. Environ-
   mental Protection Agency.   The contents do not necessarily reflect the
   views of the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
               MILL SCALE DE-OILING BY CRITICAL-FLUID EXTRACTION

                            MILL-SCALE DE-OILING

INCENTIVES FOR DE-OILING

     In steel mills, mill scale amounts to 4% to 5% of the total raw steel
production.  Its oil content is varied, but can run as high as several
percent for the composite scale for a total mill, and much higher for certain
specific operations.  Chemically, the solids are largely iron oxides, and
the oils can be mineral oils or fats and fatty oils typically used as lubri-
cants in rolling mills.

     A 1978 study     showed that about half the mill scale produced is re-
cycled to sinter plants for return to the blast furnace;.the other half is
stockpiled.  The same study showed that about 11% of all lubricants purchased
by steel mills ultimately becomes the oil fraction of mill scale.

                                                   (2)
     Coarse mill scale (+5mm) has a low oil content   ,  and may be recycled
as a direct metallic charge to the blast furnace.  Mill  scale fines (-5mm),
which are 80% to 85% of the total mill scale, have an oil content sufficiently
high to adversely effect sinter plant operations.  The oil is volatilized
during sintering and recondenses in the sinter-plant off-gas.  Without treat-
ment, the gaseous effluent can produce-a visible plume;  where bag houses are
used, the oil can condense and impair the operation.
                     (2)
     Tests have shown    that the maximum tolerable content of oily mill
scale in the sinter-plant charge is about 7%.  In facilities where de-oiling
of mill-scale  fines is carried out, the sinter-plant charge can accept at
least 25-30% of this material as feed.  Therefore, major gains in mill-scale
recovery can be made with de-oiling, coupled with the elimination of very
substantial quantities of solid wastes.

DE-OILING METHODS

     Several de-oiling methods have been tested, and some have been put into
commercial use.

     Water washing using hot alkaline solution can remove the majority of
oil on mill-scale fines.  The method has the advantage of low cost.  However,
at best, 5% to 10% of the initial oil remains on the mill scale.

-------
     Thermal incineration methods have been tested, and a direct-fired  kiln
has been reported in commercial use(2).  The principal advantage of  incin-
eration is high percentage removal of oil.  The major disadvantage is high
fuel cost, which includes treatment of the kiln off-gas by after-burning.

     Consideration has been given to the use of liquid solvent washing,  in
which a chlorinated hydrocarbon solvent is used to extract the oil from mill-
scale fines, and then distilled to recover the solvent.  While no details are
available, this method would seem to have the advantage of recovering the oil
fraction for use as fuel, or even for recycle as a lubricant.  Energy costs
for solvent distillation may be high, and residual solvent on the de-oiled
fines would have to be evaluated.

     A new solvent washing process is in the final stages of development,
using condensed gases (critical fluids) as the solvent.  This process appears
to offer the advantage of oil recovery, low-energy costs, and solvent-free
de-oiled mill-scale fines.  Process information is given in this paper.
                          CRITICAL-FLUID EXTRACTION

     Critical-fluid extraction refers to the use of fluids which are gases
at ambient temperature and pressure, but which become good solvents when
compressed to liquids (i.e., at pressures below the critical pressure) or
supercritical fluids (at pressures above the critical pressure).  Those
regimes are shown in Figure 1, which is a generalized reduced pressure-
temperature-density map.  Supercritical fluids (SCF) are in the range of
reduced pressures (actual pressured divided by critical pressure) of 1.0 to
5.0, and reduced temperatures of 1.0 to about 1.4.  Much above these pressures,
costs become uneconomical because of equipment and compression requirements;
at temperatures above this range, densities become low, and attendant solu-
bilities of solutes in supercritical fluids decrease drastically.

     A near-critical liquid (NCL) refers to conditions near but below the
critical temperature, and a range of pressures around the critical pressure.
Generally, there is a continuity of properties within the complete super-
critical and near-critical liquid regimes, with no abrupt changes occurring
across the critical pressure or temperature.

     In these regimes, fluids possess high solubilities much like liquid
solvents because of high densities (specific gravities of 0.2-0.7).  In
addition, kinetic properties such as diffusion coefficient and viscosity are
quite favorable:  diffusion coefficients are higher and viscosities are lower
than for ordinary liquids.  Some generalized properties are summarized in
Table I.

     Some fluids which have been described in the literature as effective
critical-fluid solvents are listed in Table II.  Carbon dioxide has been
considered in many cases because of its low cost and non-hazardous chemical

-------
0.1
                          Reduced Density
Figure 1.  Reduced  Pressure-Density Diagram.   Supercritical
           Fluid  (SCF)  and Near Critical Liquid  (NCL)  Regions,
           as  Indicated

-------
            TABLE I.  COMPARISON OF CRITICAL-FLUID PROPERTIES
                              LIQUID       SUPERCRITICAL    GAS





DENSITY, g/cra3                  1.0          0.2-0.7     0.001
VISCOSITY, CENTIPOISES      0.5-1.0       0.05-0.10     0.01
DIFFUSIVITY, cm2/sec            10~5        10~4 - 10~3    lO"1

-------
TABLE II.  CRITICAL PROPERTIES FOR SELECTED FLUIDS
FLUID
Ethane
Propane
Butane
Pentane
Ethylene
Ammonia
Carbon Dioxide
Sulfur Dioxide
Water
T °C
32.3
96.9
152.0
296.7
9.9
132.4
31.1
157.6
374.3
P ,atm
48.8
42.6
38.0
33.8
51.2
112.8
73.8
78.8
221.1
3
P . ,g/cm
t—
0.203
0.220
0.228
0.232
0.227
0.235
0.468
0.525
0.326

-------
nature.  Hydrocarbons have also been considered, often because of superior
solubilities for organic materials.  Another group, not shown, includes  the
halocarbons,  such as chlorofluoro methanes and ethanes.
                       EXTRACTION OF OILY SOLID WASTE

BENCH-SCALE EVALUATIONS

     A series of bench-scale experimental evaluations has been carried out
on several different oily solid wastes.  In each case, the objective was to
extract petroleum-based oils or triglycerides from mineral solids, to pro-
duce an essentially oil-free solid and to recover the oil phase.

     The bench-scale equipment used for testing extractions is shown in
Figure 2.  Oil-laden solids are charged to an extraction vessel, typically
holding 0.25 to 0.5 Ibs of material.  Liquefied gas or supercritical fluid
is pumped up to extraction pressures, which range from 200 psia to 2500 psia
depending on the fluid employed.  Temperatures are typically near ambient.
In the experimental unit, solvent flow is once through, and the extract
leaving the extraction vessel is let down in pressure to atmospheric, at which
point the oil separates out as a liquid phase.  Quantity of gas solvent and
oil are measured to determine extract concentrations.  Flow rate, temperature,
and pressure  can be varied to assess the extraction kinetics.

     Table III summarizes data from two other separations of oils from mineral
solids:  triglycerides from clay solids, and diesel oil from oil-well drill
cuttings.  Both feeds were extracted with halocarbon and hydrocarbon solvents,
and with carbon dioxide.

     Triglycerides are much more readily extracted with the halocarbon/hydro-
carbon solvents than with C02.  High C02 pressures are required for it to be
an effective solvent, and relatively large solvent quantities are required.
Diesel oil is more easily extracted with each solvent, compared to triglycer-
ides.

     Table IV gives a summary of a series of runs made from de-oiling mill
scales.  Two different mill-scale samples were obtained from stockpiled
material:  about 3.7% oil, and 1.0% oil.  The respective water contents were
approximately 0.8% and 1.3%.

     Results are shown for hydrocarbon and halocarbon solvents, which gave
similar extractibility, and for carbon dioxide.   The hydrocarbon and halo-
carbon extractions were carried out at about 700 psia; this high pressure
was maintained to assure that the solvent would remain condensed in
the experimental system, where pressure fluctuations occur due to pump
cycling, and where the solution is sometimes heated so that there will be no
oil precipitation in the small-diameter lines and valves in the laboratory
set-up.  Actual extractions may be carried but at pressures on the order of

-------
L   J
 Gas Supply
                           Heater
                          Q
                         Compressor
                                             1
Extraction
  Column
                                                  Expansion
                                                   Valve
                        Flow
                        Meter
                                                                         Collector
                                                                                                     Vent
0
                                       Dry Test
                                        Meter
                          Figure 2.   Benchscale Test Equipment

-------
                                  TABLE III.  DE-OILING OF MINERAL SOLIDS
    FEED
WEIGHT %
  OIL
   SOLVENT
PRESSURE,    TEMP,     SOLVENT/FEED
  Psia        °F          RATIO
              OIL EXTRACTED,
               WT % OF FEED
Triglycerides.
 from clay
 39.6       Halocarbon/
             Hydrocarbon
                     150
              74
8.4
40.4
Triglycerides
 from clay
 31.4
 Carbon Dioxide     2000
              68
164
27.7
Diesel oil from
 crushed drill
 cuttings
 10.8      Halocarbon/
            Hydrocarbon
                     850
             140
2.8
10.6
Diesel oil from
 crushed drill
 cuttings
 9.9
Carbon Dioxide      2150
              99
3.7
 9.9

-------
                   TABLE IV.  MILL-SCALE DE-OILING BENCH-SCALE TESTS
SOLVENT
PRESSURE,
  Psia
TEMP,
 op
SOLVENT/FEED
   RATIO
SAMPLE WT %
OIL   WATER
 % OF FEED
EXTRACTED AS:
OIL      WATER
Hydrocarbon/
 Halocarbon
   700
 75
   0.32
3.7    0.8
3.7      0.04
Hydrocarbon/
 Halocarbon
   700
 75
   1.4
1.0    1.3
1.0      0.12
Carbon Dioxide     2200
                120
                 17
                    1.0    1.3
                    0.9      1.3

-------
200 psia.  Solvent-to-feed weight ratio between 0.3 and 1.4 were used, and
in the case of both mill scale samples, essentially complete oil removal was
achieved.  Because of the low solubility of water in the solvent, water re-
moval was incomplete, and the residual mill scale retained some moisture.

     Carbon dioxide was run at 2200 psi and 120 F, with a solvent/feed ratio
of 17.  Even at this high solvent use, there was incomplete oil removal,
although the sample was completely dried of water.  The comparative oil ex-
tractions are typical, in that carbon dioxide generally has a lower solubility
fpr triglycerides  and mineral oils than the hydrocarbon and halocarbon
solvents.

PROCESS DESIGN AND ECONOMICS

     Figure 3 shows an overall flow diagram for the process.  The process
system contains two parallel extractor columns, which are used alternately:
one being in the solvent circulation loop for mill-scale de-oiling, and the
other being discharged of de-oiled solid, and recharged with oily solids.
The solvent circulation is continuous, while the solids are handled in
batches alternating- between the two vessels.

     Solids may be charged to the extractors in a slurry with additional oil,
most of which is displaced from the extractor with the initial introduction
of solvent.  The slurry oil is taken from a portion of the extracted oil and
recycled to a slurry tank.

     Solvent is separated from oil and recycled to the extractor.  Separation
is carried out by vapor-recompression evaporation, which greatly reduces the
energy requirement for the system, and is facilitated by the very high vola-
tility of the solvent.  In this way, oil can be stripped to very low levels
of residual solvent, and the extracted solids are solvent-free.

     Table V summarizes estimated process economics.  The base case evaluated
is for a system handling 25,000 Ibs/hr (11.4 long tons/hr) of oily mill scale,
with feed oil content up to 5%.  The principal operating cost is labor, since
energy and solvent make-up costs are low.  The estimated total processing
cost, including capital-related costs is about $6/long ton.
                                 CONCLUSIONS

     Bench-scale experimental evaluations and engineering and economic studies
have shown that  mill scale can be de-oiled with a critical-fluid solvent
extraction process.  Mill scales with oil contents from 1-4% have been tested,
and operating economics appear favorable.

     Further bench-scale testing is currently in progress, which we expect
to conclude by January, 1983.  We anticipate that process design and economics
will be firmed up shortly thereafter.

-------
                                                                                                      SOLVENT RECYCLE
MILL-SCALE FINES
                                                                                                                                         DE-OILED
                                                                                                                                         MILL-SCALE
                                                                                                                                         FINES
                         SLURRY-OIL
                         TRANSFER
                         PUMP
                                                                   FLOW DIAGRAM
                                       Figure 3.       C.F. s. SOLVENT  EXTRACTION SYSTEM
                                                           —           -
                                                               MILL-SCALE DE-OILING
                                                                                                                       CRITICAL  FLUID SYSTEMS, INC.

-------
    TABLE V.   MILL-SCALE DE-OILING WITH CRITICAL-FLUID EXTEACTION
                 PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES OF PROCESS COSTS



        CAPACITY:   11.4 long tons/hr (25,000 Ibs/hr)

                   8000 hrs/year


        CAPITAL COST:   $1,300,000


                                            $/TON
OPERATING COSTS:

  POWER:   300 HP                              0.99


  MAKEUP  SOLVENT:   7.5 Ibs/hr                0.46


  LABOR + OVERHEAD:   1 man/shift             1.76
                                             3.21

CAPITAL RELATED:

  DEPRECIATION:   10% of capital              1.43
  MAINTENANCE,  TAXES,  INSURANCE:              1.43
       10% of capital                        	
                                             2.86
                          TOTAL              6.07

-------
                         REFERENCES
   Serne,  J.  C.,  and K.  Wilson,  "The Use and Fate of Lubricants,
   Oils,  Greases,  and Hydraulic Fluids in the Iron and Steel
   Industry",  EPA Report No.  EPA-600/2-78-101, May, 1978.
^Balajee,  S.R.,  "De-.Oiling and Utilization of Mill Scale",
   presented at the First EPA Symposium on Iron and Steel
   Pollution Abatement Technology, Chicago, Nov., 1979.

-------
Although the research described in this paper has been funded wholly or in
part by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, it has not been subjected to
Agency review and therefore does not necessarily reflect the views of the
Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                         RECOVERY OF METALLIC VALUES FROM
                      ELECTRIC ARC FURNACE STEELMAKING DUSTS

          by:  E. Radha Krishnan and William F. Kemner
               PEDCo Environmental, Inc.
               11499 Chester Road
               Cincinnati, Ohio

                               for presentation to

      Symposium on Iron and Steel Pollution Abatement Technology for 1982
                            Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
                              November 16-18, 1982
                                   ABSTRACT

     Dust generated from electric arc furnaces employed in steel plants is
currently listed as a hazardous waste.  Disposal of the waste at a controlled
landfill is becoming costly as disposal sites become scarcer and more distant
from the point of origin.  The dust, however, represents a potential source of
metals such as iron, zinc, lead, chromium, nickel and molybdenum; recovery or
recycling of these metals appears to be a logical alternative to the disposal
problem.  This paper presents a technical and economic assessment of various
technologies available for recovery of metallic values from electric arc
furnace (EAF) steelmaking dust.

     The type of recovery process which can be employed depends on the chem-
ical composition of the EAF dust, which in turn is dependent on the type of
steel product being made.  Carbon and low alloy steel EAF dusts are rich in
zinc and lead, while dusts from stainless and specialty alloy steels contain
significant quantities of chromium, nickel, and molybdenum.  Five recovery
processes are discussed in this paper:  1) a caustic leach electrolytic zinc
recovery process studied in a pilot plant by AMAX Base Metals Research and
Development, Inc., in Carteret, New Jersey; 2) the Waelz kiln practice for
processing EAF dusts which is being commercially employed by the New Jersey
Zinc Company. Inc., in Palmerton, Pennsylvania; 3) an electrothermic shaft
furnace process using plasma heat piloted by SKF Steel Engineering in Sweeden
and currently being commercialized; 4) a commercial pyrometallurgical smelting
technique developed by Inmetco in Ellwood City, Pennsylvania; and 5) a re-
cycling process perfected by the U.S. Bureau of Mines in coordination with
Joslyn Stainless Steel Division in Fort Wayne, Indiana.

     The AMAX and New Jersey Zinc processes are applicable to recovery of
heavy metals, such as zinc and lead, from carbon steel EAF dusts; the SKF
process can be applied to both carbon steel and specialty steel dusts to

-------
recover metals such as iron, zinc, lead, chromium and nickel; the  Inmetco  and
Bureau of Mines processes are suited to recovery of iron and alloying  elements
from stainless steel EAF dusts.
                                 INTRODUCTION

     Each year the steelmaking industry produces more than 1.8 x  10° metric
tons of dusts containing approximately 1 x 106 metric tons of iron, 90,000
metric tons of zinc, 9,000 metric tons of lead, 2000 metric tons  of chromium,
500 metric tons of nickel, and 100 metric tons of molybdenum,1'2  These
dusts originate from different types of steel furnaces such as open hearths
(OH) , basic oxygen furnaces (EOF), and electric arc furnaces  (EAF) .•  Although
the amount of dust generated from the furnaces at any one steel plant  is
relatively small, the cumulative quantity is large and represents a signifi-
cant loss of heavy metals and scarce alloying elements.

     In the electric arc furnace, approximately 1 to 2 percent of each charge
is converted to dust or fume, which is collected in scrubbers or baghouses.
The chemical composition of the dust depends on the type of steel product
being made, as shown in Table 1.  Carbon steel EAF dusts tend to be richer in
zinc and lead because of the greater use of galvanized and other  coated
products in the melt.1*  On the other hand, alloying elements such as chromium,
nickel and molybdenum are prominent in dusts from stainless steel and
specialty alloy furnaces.  Electric furnaces account for about 25 percent of
domestic steel production, and the total zinc in EAF dust generated in the
United States is estimated to be around 75,000 metric tons per year.5

     EAF dust is currently listed as a hazardous waste (Federal Register, Vol.
45, No. 98, Section 261.32, page 33124) because of the leachability of its
toxic constituents  (Pb, Cd, and Cr 6).  Its EPA-assigned hazardous waste
number is K061.  As a hazardous waste, the dust must be encapsulated or
transported to a controlled landfill.  Disposal is, however, becoming  a costly
affair as disposal sites become scarcer and more distant from the point of
origin.  Disposal costs of $50 to $100 per metric ton of dust are quite
common.  This has led the steelmaking industry to look to other viable options
for handling the dust.

     This dust represents a potential source of valuable elements, the re-
covery of which appears to be a logical alternative to the disposal problem.
This can also augment our domestic supplies of metals such as zinc, chromium,
and nickel, which are largely imported at this time.  Figure 1 presents an
outline of different recovery options for EAF dust.  Recycling to the  furnaces
for possible additional iron recovery could be practiced if the zinc and lead
contents of the dust are fairly low.  Zinc and lead concentrations are some-
what high, however, especially in carbon steel EAF dusts, and their levels
could build up in the furnace.  At high concentrations, these metals  (as
oxides or ferrites) have been found to attack refractories and cause rapid
deterioration of linings in blast furnaces5; however, this effect has  not been
proven in electric arc furnaces.  This problem does not arise for stainless
steel EAF dusts because of the lower concentrations of zinc and lead.

-------
     TABLE 1.   CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF DUST FROM ELECTRIC ARC FURNACES1*
Carbon and low-alloy steels
Element
Al
Ca
Cd
Cr
Cu
K
Mg
Mn
Mo
Na
Ni
Pb
Zn
Fe (total)
Fe+3
Fe+2
Fe°
Cr+6
Si
Cl
F
P
so"
Wt, %*
0.25
4.19
0.05
0.22
0.23
0.66
1.68
3.29
0.02
0.99
0.04
2.02
18.3
31.3
29.7
1.46
0.09
<0.01
1.81
1.11
0.41
0.03
0.70
Range , %
0.09-0.53
1.85-10.0
0.03-0.15
0.06-0.58
0.06-0.32
0.06-1.12
0.77-2.93
2.46-4.60
<0. 02-0. 08
0.29-2.31
0.01-0.12
1.09-3.81
11.12-26.9
24.9-46.9
20.5-42.8
<0. 01-3. 96
<0. 02-0. 34
<0. 01-0. 02
1.35-2.49
0.51-2.36
0.01-0.88
0.01-0.88

Stainless steel and specialty alloys
Element
Al
Ca
Cd
Cr
Cu
K
Mg
Mn
Mo
Na
Ni
Pb
Zn
Fe (total)
Fe+2
Cr+6
Si
Cl
F
P



Wt, %**
0.40
3.91
0.46
5.88
0.62
2.07
3.78
3.72
1.08
2.12
1.69
0.52
4.58
27.0
4.47
0.10
3.38
0.81
2.48
0.02



Range, %
0.20-0.60
1.76-6.93
0.006-1.79
2.01-10.1
0.09-1.26
0.80-5.07
1.70-4.74
2.36-4.59
0.37-1.46
0.47-4.60
0.15-3.34
0.23-0.78
1.77-6.22
22.2-35.5
0.53-5.90
<0. 01-0. 17
2.54-3.92
0.47-1.17
1.36-4.83
0.01-0.04



* Arithmetic
*
  Arithmetic
averages

averages
of dust from

of dust from
seven plants.

four plants

-------
                               Scrap and
                            Charge Materials
o Injection
o Greenballing
Electric
Furnace
                      o Scrap Treatment
                      o Scrap Separation
                                                   o  Changes  in Operation
Fume Collection
                                  Fume
o Leaching
o Physical Separation
  Techniques
Concentration/
 Purification
                      o Direct Reduction  Kiln
                      o Reduction  Roast
                      o Waelz
                      o Plasma
                                               Thermal Recovery
                                                      L
 o Electrowinning
 o Blast Furnace
 o Slag Fuming
 o Electrothermal
•
Non-Ferrous
Recovery

Zn, Pb, Cr
Concentrate
1

  Zn, Pb,  Cr
    Product
Figure 1.   Options for recovery of  resources from electric arc furnace (EAF) dust,

                                    4

-------
     The recovery of nonferrous elements, e.g., zinc, lead, chromium, from EAF
dust is another possible alternative.  Such recovery could result in a residue
that would either have been detoxified for disposal in a landfill or recycl-
able to the furnace for recovery of iron.  When the zinc and lead levels in
the dust are not high enough to be of interest, recycling to the furnaces
could possibly concentrate the nonferrous elements to a sufficient degree to
make the dust attractive for subsequent recovery of these heavy metals.  Zinc
contents of greater than 15 percent in the dust are generally considered
viable for zinc recovery.

     The primary operations in nonferrous metals production are ore concentra-
tion and smelting.  Ore concentration techniques such as flotation are not
feasible for treating EAF dust because of the limitations posed by the fine
particle size of the dust.  Individual particles are generally in the range of
0.1 urn to 1.0 ym.1* For carbon steel EAF dusts, smelting for zinc recovery is
possible with lead being recovered as a byproduct of the smelting operation.
The presence of tramp elements such as iron, cadmium, and chlorine in the EAF
dust, however, can interfere with the operations encountered in conventional
smelting processes.  Hence, recovery of nonferrous values from EAF dust re-
quires a separate or add-on smelting facility dedicated to recovery of metals
from steelmaking dusts and similar materials.  Because limited quantities of
steelmaking dust may be generated at any particular plant, the economics will
generally require that the recovery process be used on a mixture of dusts from
various sources.

     This paper discusses five promising technologies that appear to be
feasible for recovery of metallic values from EAF dusts.  Two of the tech-
nologies are applicable to carbon steel dusts, two are suited to stainless and
specialty alloy dusts, and one can be applied to dusts produced in the manu-
facture of both types of steels.  Figure 2 presents an overview of the proc-
esses.

                ASSESSMENT OF PROMISING RECOVERY TECHNOLOGIES

     The developers of the five promising technologies (shown in Figure 2)
have had some involvement (either at the pilot plant or commercial scale) in
recovery of metals from EAF dust or materials similar in composition to the
dust.  AMAX Base Metals Research and Development, Inc. has investigated a
caustic leach electrolytic zinc recovery process in a pilot plant in Carteret,
New Jersey; the Waelz kiln practice for processing EAF dusts is being used
commercially by the New Jersey Zinc Company, Inc., in Palmerton, Pennsylvania;
whereas an electrothermic shaft furnace process using plasma heat has been
piloted by SKF Steel Engineering in Sweden, and they are scheduled to place a
commercial plant into operation in Landskrona, Sweden, by late 1984.  The
Inmetco process is currently being applied commercially in the Ellwood City,
Pennsylvania, plant on wastes from stainless steel mills; whereas the Bureau
of Mines process has been successfully demonstrated in large-scale industrial
tests conducted in coordination with  Joslyn Stainless Steels in Fort Wayne,
Indiana.

-------
          CARBON STEEL
            EAF DUST
          CARBON STEEL
             EAF DUST
    AMAX
  PROCESS
ZINC

LEAD
                                        t
                                       IRON RESIDUE (NONHAZARDOUS)
                                          IRON
 NEW JERSEY
ZINC PROCESS
IMPURE ZINC OXIDE
                                       IRON RESIDUE (NONHAZARDOUS)
       CARBON STEEL OR
       SPECIALTY STEEL
           EAF DUST
                           SLAG
    SKF
  PROCESS
ZINC

LEAD
            ALLOYED HOT METAL
4.
5.
        SPECIALTY STEEL
           EAF DUST
        SPECIALTY STEEL
           EAF DUST
   INMETCO
   PROCESS
                           SLAG
  BUREAU OF
    MINES
   PROCESS
                           SLAG
NICKEL-CHROMIUM-IRON METAL
STAINLESS  STEEL
 Figure  2.  Overview of promising recovery processes for EAF dust.

-------
AMAX CAUSTIC LEACH-ELECTROWIN ZINC PROCESS

     AMAX initially studied the caustic leach-electrowin zinc process in a
pilot plant to determine the feasibility of recovering zinc from a high-iron
zinc ore.7  With minor modifications, this process can be used to recover zinc
from complex zinc oxide-bearing flue dusts such as EAF dust.  AMAX has run
bench-scale tests on various steel plant residues containing >20 percent zinc
and obtained very encouraging results.8  Because of the limited solubility of
iron in caustic, the caustic leach-electrowin zinc process is especially
advantageous for recovering zinc from carbon steel EAF dust; the conventional
sulfate electrolytic zinc smelting process would be fouled by the iron in the
dust.  The final product of the process is high-grade zinc (>99.9% Zn) in
particulate form.

     Figure 3 presents a schematic of the process that AMAX used in their
pilot plant to recover zinc from low-grade zinc concentrates.  The pilot plant
can produce 1360 kg of zinc per day by caustic leaching and subsequent elec-
trolysis of a calcine obtained from a low-grade zinc concentrate with a zinc
content greater than 40 percent and an iron content of about 17 percent.  In
this process, the dead-roasted calcine is first retreated by a kiln-type
reduction roast to decompose the zinc ferrite formed during dead roasting and
thereby improve the solubility of the zinc.  The reduced calcine is then
leached in a 30 percent caustic solution; the leach dissolves more than 90
percent of the zinc and lead present and most of the cadmium, but only a very
small amount of iron (less than 0.5 percent).  The zinc solubilization step
can be represented as:

                    ZnO + 2NaOH -»• Zn(ONa)2 + H20
                                  sodium
                                  zincate
     The leach residue obtained after filtration is treated in an electric
furnace (lined with burned magnesite brick9) to recover copper and precious
metals and to produce an oxide dust containing zinc and lead, which is re-
turned to the leaching circuit.  The filtrate containing sodium zincate is
purified in two steps:  1) aeration to precipitate iron as ferric hydroxide
[Fe(OH)3], and 2) cementation with the zinc powder product to remove lead,
copper, cadmium, and other metallic impurities that are more noble than zinc.
The cake remaining after cementation is separated and processed for lead
recovery, whereas the purified solution is electrolyzed to recover pure zinc
and to regenerate sodium hydroxide.  The electrowinning step can be described
by the reaction:

               Zn(ONa)2 + H20 •* Zn + 2NaOH + 1/2 02


     Power consumption is approximately 1.2 x 10  J per kg of zinc produced.
Makeup caustic required is about 20 kg per metric ton of zinc.9

-------
     The process variation suggested for treating steelmaking dusts  is  de-
picted in Figure 4.  For most steel dusts, the reduction roast step  is  be-
lieved to be unnecessary; however, for many carbon steel EAF dusts in which a
significant portion of the zinc is tied up as zinc ferrites, reduction  roast-
ing with carbon in a neutral atmosphere is essential prior to caustic leach
treatment.9  The iron residue from the leaching circuit is reported  to  be
nonhazardous, and can be landfilled.  If desired, metallization of the  residue
can be carried out in a direct reduction kiln, and the iron product  obtained
can be recycled to the steel plant.  The process can recover over 98 percent
of the zinc in the dust.

     The AMAX process presents a technically feasible alternative for recovery
of metals such as zinc and lead from carbon steel EAF dusts.  AMAX is cur-
rently performing bench-scale tests on dusts from domestic and European steel
companies to determine the applicability of their process to the particular
dusts.9  They believe that economic commercial operation would require  a plant
capable of producing about 20,000 metric tons of zinc per year.8  Different
types of steelmaking dusts could be combined and processed in a commercial
plant.

NEW JERSEY ZINC WAELZ KILN PROCESS

     Over the past two years, The New Jersey Zinc Company has intermittently
processed carbon steel EAF dusts from various domestic steel plants  in  their
Waelz kilns at Palmerton, Pennsylvania.10  Using the "American process," the
plant also separately processes a zinc silicate ore (franklinite) for zinc
oxide production.  Approximately 22,000 metric tons of EAF dusts were treated
in 1980.  The final product obtained by processing the dusts is an impure zinc
oxide containing about 50-55 percent zinc and 6 to 7 percent lead.   This
product is currently stockpiled and will be sold to another smelter  for
recovery of its metallic value.

     The Waelz kiln operation at the New Jersey Zinc smelting facility  is
similar to the practice at the Berzelius plant in Duisburg, West Germany.  The
Waelz unit at the latter plant has been processing pelletized EAF dust  at a
rate of 50,000-55,000 metric tons per year on a full scale since the end of
1977; the process is stated to be economical for zinc contents in the dust of
greater than 15 percent.11  The impure zinc oxide sinter obtained at the plant
is processed in an Imperial Smelting shaft furnace for simultaneous  recovery
of zinc and lead.

     A simplified flow diagram of the process used to treat carbon steel EAF
dusts at the Palmerton plant is shown in Figure 5, whereas a detailed flow
sheet for the "Waelzing" operation is presented in Figure 6.  The EAF dusts
arrive at the plant by trucks or rail.  The facility has a pelletizer for
treating dusts that arrive in nonpelletized form.  The New Jersey Zinc  Company
has obtained a permit for storing the material.  The pelletized dusts,  lime-
stone, and anthracite coal constitute the feed to the kilns.  In the kilns,
gas flow is countercurrent to solids flow, and the zinc oxide fume and  kiln
gases are withdrawn at the feed end.  The zinc oxide fume, known as  Waelz
oxide, is cooled by air dilution and collected in baghouses.  The Waelz oxide,
which typically contains 50 to 55 percent zinc and 6 to 7 percent lead, is the

-------
              CONCENTRATE
                 _L
                                           *- TO ACID PLANT
                                                           CAUSTIC
                                             Pb RESIDUE

                                                 *

                                             T0 Pb SMELT"
 ZINC
PRODUCT
Figure  3.   AMAX  process  for  treating  low grade zinc  concentrates.7
                *
             Fe RESIDUE

                I
        TO Fe METALLIZATION STEP

                *
          Fe TO STEEL PLANT
                 r
              RESIDUE
            (Cu.Pb, ETC.)
                                                              CAUSTIC
                                                                ZINC PRODUCT
 Figure A.   AMAX process  for recovery of  zinc from steelmaking  dusts.
ANTHRACITE COAL 	 »-
EAF DUST 	 ••
LIMESTONE 	 »•

UAELZ KILN
ZnO
FUME


DUST COLLECTION
SYSTEM

	 »- ZnO PRODUCT
(WAELZ OXIDE)
i
IRON
RESIDUE
Figure 5.   Simplified flow diagram of  the New  Jersey  Zinc Waelz kiln process.

-------
                             GANTRY CRANE
                                                                       WAELZ  PROCESS  OXIDE
                                                                               •— rRQM  SCRUBCR WATER
                                                                                  TREATMENT SYSTEM
                                                            STORAGE
                                                             BINS
                           LIMESTONE COAL
      BiTUM INDUS
                         OIL.NAT. GAS I fCE. GAS
                               BURNERS
                   5VPULVEPIZER
            GANGUE
         TO STOCK PILE
                  TRANSFER CAR TO
                                                      AIR  AND GASES
                              MECHANICAL
                              BAG ROOM
                      WAELZ OXIDE
                      (IMPURE ZINC
                      OXIDE PRODUCT)
           OUT -•
                       BELT CONVEYOR
Figure 6.  Detailed flow diagram of Waelz kiln  operation at the New Jersey Zinc Company,
           Palmerton, Pennsylvania.

-------
final product and is being sold to another company for recovery of zinc and
lead.  The residue from the kilns contains only 30 to 40 percent iron and
cannot be recycled directly to the steel plant furnaces.  Tests conducted by
The New Jersey Zinc Company have, however, found the residue to be nonhazard-
ous; therefore, it can be disposed of in a sanitary landfill.

     The fee charged by the Palmerton zinc plant for processing of carbon
steel EAF dusts from steel plants is a function of the zinc content of the
dust.  Normally, dusts with zinc contents greater than 20 percent are pre-
ferred.

SKF PLASMADUST PROCESS

     The PLASMADUST process, which has been developed by SKF Steel Engineering
in Sweden, uses a special type of electrothermic shaft furnace to recover
zinc, lead, chromium, nickel, molybdenum and iron from EAF steelmaking dusts.
The process can be applied to dusts from both carbon steel and specialty steel
manufacture.  Unlike the Waelz kiln process, which renders an impure zinc
oxide concentrate for further reduction to metallic form by thermal or elec-
trolytic methods, the PLASMADUST process produces a zinc vapor that can be
directly condensed to liquid metal.12  The liquid iron tapped from the furnace
is alloyed with chromium, nickel and molybdenum when stainless steel dusts are
processed.

     A flow diagram of the PLASMADUST process is presented in Figure 7.  A
feed consisting of untreated flue dust, coal powder, and process gas that has
been preheated in a plasma arc to about 3500°C is fed into the tuyere level of
the shaft furnace.  Coke is added from the top to fill the shaft.  An endo-
thermic reaction occurs at the bottom of the column between the oxide dust and
the reducing agent (coal/coke).  The plasma gas, which has a heat content of
about 2.0 x 10  J/Nm3, supplies the heat for the reaction since no oxygen or
air is admitted to the furnace.  In the reducing atmosphere created by excess
coke, carbon monoxide and hydrogen are formed, which rise in the shaft.  Most
of the suspended particles are caught on the coke surface and eventually
returned to the reaction zone.  Crude iron (containing the alloying elements)
and slag are tapped separately from the bottom of the furnace.  Zinc and lead
vapors rise with the furnace gases and are condensed and separated in a splash
condenser.  Since formation of carbon dioxide and water vapor is eliminated
because of the reducing atmosphere, the reoxidation risk of zinc and lead
vapors is minimized.

     The PLASMADUST process has been piloted by SKF Steel Engineering in
Sweden.  The pilot plant, which is capable of processing about 300 kg/h of
flue dust, has shown an iron yield of 99 percent and zinc and lead yields of
greater than 97 percent on a typical carbon steel EAF dust containing 50
percent Fe203, 25 percent ZnO, and 2 percent PbO.  Theoretically, waste
oxides with only a few percent zinc are equally well suited for the PLASMADUST
process, the main technical requirement being that they be sufficiently dry
and fine to allow for pneumatic feeding.  The economic lower limit, however,
is estimated to be about 10 percent zinc.12  Carbon steel EAF dusts, which
typically have zinc levels of 15 to 25 percent and lead levels of 1 to 4
percent, are especially attractive raw materials for treatment by this proc-
ess.

                                     11

-------
     A commercial plant using the SKF process and having a capacity of  70,000
metric tons of dust per year is scheduled to be placed into operation at
Landskrona in southwest Sweden by late 1984.13  Baghouse dust from steel mills
in Sweden and other Scandinavian countries will form the raw material to the
plant; metals recovered will include iron, zinc, lead, chromium, nickel and
molybdenum.  Heat recovered from the plant will be used by the Landskrona
municipality for district heating and other purposes.

     SKF Steel Engineering is currently looking into the possibility of
constructing commercial plants in the United States.  The promoters of  the SKF
process (SiAR, Inc., Cambridge, Massachusetts), believe that Pittsburgh or
Chicago would be good locations for such plants because of the concentration
of steelworks in those districts.14  A supply of at least 50,000 metric tons
of dust per year from neighboring sources would be required for economic
operation of a plant.

INMETCO PROCESS

     The Inmetco process as applied in the Ellwood City, Pennsylvania facility
treats approximately 110 metric tons of wastes per day from stainless and
specialty steel mills to produce 60 metric tons per day of a nickel-chromium-
iron pig which is sold back to the steel mills as a melting feedstock.15  Over
three years of operating experience has proven that the Inmetco process is
viable and profitable.  The Inmetco plant which serves the majority of  the
specialty steel mills in the eastern part of the U.S. receives three major
types of wastes:  EAF dust, mill scale, and grinding swarf.  Typical composi-
tions of the raw materials are shown in Table 2.  Typically, 50 percent of the
feed  is EAF dust.

   TABLE 2.  CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF WASTES RECEIVED AT THE INMETCO PLANT15
Type of waste
EAF dust
Mill scale
Grinding swarf
Range , wt . %
Cr
2.2-19.1
7.8-13.1
13.4-20.0
Ni
1.0-5.4
1.3-4.1
4.8-20.1
Mo
0.1-1.0
0.1-0.4
0.3-1.6
Zn
0.7-2.0
Cu
0.2-1.7
0.1-1.4
0.2-1.4
      The  major  steps  in  the  Inmetco process are  1) feed preparation, blending
 and pelletizing,  2) reduction, and 3) smelting and casting.   Figure 8  is  a
 simplified  flow diagram  of the Inmetco process.

      The  EAF  dust  and the other wastes arrive at the  Inmetco  facility  by  truck
 tankers,  and  are  assigned to storage silos based on their nickel  and chromium
 contents.   The  materials in  the various silos are carefully blended to produce
 a mix with  satisfactory  processing characteristics and uniform alloy content.
 Any deficiency  in either nickel or chromium content is made up by adding
 nickel alloy  or ferrochrome.   The wastes are combined with coal/coke, lime
 and water in  a  pug mill, and the  resulting mixture pelletized before under-
 going partial reduction  in a rotary hearth furnace.   A portion of the  zinc,
 lead and  halogens contained  in the flue dust are exhausted into the off-gas
 treatment system.  The hot,  partially metallic,  sintered pellets  (containing
                                     12

-------
unreduced chromium oxide) are fed to an electric arc smelting furnace where
the pellets are melted and the chromium oxide is reduced by the residual
carbon in the pellet.  Lime and other siliceous materials form a liquid slag
which is tapped separately from the alloyed hot metal.  The metal is cast into
pigs before being sold.  The product typically analyzes 14.0 wt. percent Ni,
14.0 wt. percent  Cr and 64.0 wt. percent Fe.  Typical metallic recoveries are
as follows:  Ni-99 percent, Cu-94 percent, Mo-92 percent, Fe-98 percent.  The
slag is essentially inert and is used locally as fill and road ballast.  A wet
gas scrubbing system is used to treat the gas emitted from the furnace.  The
scrubber filter cake which contains ~10 wt. percent Zn is disposed of through
a secondary zinc producer.

     The operations at Inmetco demonstrate the commercial viability of the
process for recovering valuable alloying elements from stainless steel EAF
dusts.  The composition of the waste materials and the proximity of the waste
generator to the Inmetco facility are the factors which can influence the
profitability of the process.

BUREAU OF MINES PROCESS

     The U.S. Bureau of Mines has developed a recycling process for recovery
of alloying elements from stainless steel EAF dusts.16  The Bureau of Mines
technique is similar to the Inmetco process in that different specialty
steelmaking wastes are blended, agglomerated on a pelletizer with an addition
of a small amount of carbonaceous reducing agent, and charged into a furnace.

     After initial laboratory tests indicated that the process had good
potential for recovery of metals, a series of larger industrial-scale tests
were conducted at Joslyn Stainless Steels in Fort Wayne, Indiana.  Figure 9 is
a schematic of the Bureau of Mines process.  The raw materials which comprised
stainless steel EAF dust, argon-oxygen decarburization dust, grinding swarf
and mill scale were agglomerated to produce pellets 3/8" to 1" in diameter,
analyzing 39.2 wt. percent Fe, 8.9 wt. percent Cr, 3.7 wt. percent Ni and 0.5
wt. percent Mo.  The pellets were manufactured by an outside contractor.
During the tests, 14 to 19 percent of the charge to the 18-ton electric arc
furnaces consisted of pelletized wastes generated at the plant.  Stainless
steel scrap constituted 80 to 90 percent of the total charge.  All the trials
produced successful commercial heats of Type 316 stainless steel.  Results
showed chromium recoveries up to 90 percent, and nickel, iron and molybdenum
recoveries of up to 99 percent.17  Moreover, the heats were routinely pro-
duced, and no additional energy or manpower was required.

     The Bureau of Mines process may be attractive to specialty steelmaking
companies who would wish to practice in-plant recycling.

                              ECONOMIC EVALUATION

     Economics is the governing factor in deciding if any of the metal re-
covery alternatives are attractive to the steelmaker.  Obviously, if the cost
of disposing the EAF dust at an off-site hazardous waste landfill is greater
than any associated transportation and handling costs incurred in shipping the
dust to a recovery plant, recycling/recovery would be worth pursuing by the
steelmaker.

                                     13

-------
          COKE
              FURNACE
                        GAS
          SLAG     HOT METAL
                                              HIGH Btu GAS _
Figure  7.   Simplified flow  diagram of the  SKF PLASMADUST process
                                                                      12
STEEL HASTES 	 *•
COAL 	 m-
LIME 	 *•
UATER 	 »-
PUG
MILL


PELLETIZER


ROTARY
HEARTH
FURNACE


ELECTRIC
ARC
FURNACE
	 ^. HOT METAL
PRODUCT
                                                          SLAG
Figure  8.   Simplified  flow diagram of  the Inmetco process.
OVERSIZE
MILL SCAL
COKE STAINLESS
BREEZE CEMENT WATER STEEL SCRAP
STAINLESS STEEL If I t '
EAF DUST 	 ~-
GRINDING SWARF 	 •_

ADD DUST 	 —
FINE MILL SCALE 	 »-


BLENDER




__^^^




PF1 1 FTI7FR
' uL.L.L.1 1 i. L 1\



	


E
SLAG
CONDITIONERS
1

ELECTRIC
ADP
nKL
FURNACE






                                           SLAG
 Figure 9.
                                                             STAINLESS
                                                             STEEL MELT
                                                             (TO ARGON OXYGEN
                                                              DECARBURIZATION)
Schematic  of  Bureau of Mines process  for  recycling  stainless
steel wastes.
                                      14

-------
     The recovery facility owner may wish to pay for transportation of the
dust, provided the steel plant is within a reasonable distance from the
recovery plant.  For example, the New Jersey Zinc Company has previously paid
for transportation from sources within 300 miles of their plant.  Transporta-
tion costs do not arise in the case of the Bureau of Mines process which
involves in-plant recycling of the dust.

     AMAX and SKF have reported that the capital investment required for a
recovery plant capable of treating 70,000 to 100,000 metric tons per year of
steelmaking dusts/wastes would be about $20 million.8'12  New Jersey Zinc
also estimates the cost of replacing their Waelz plant to be about $20 mil-
lion.10  Table 3 presents our economic evaluation of these three carbon steel
EAF dust recovery options for an assumed processing capacity of 90,000 metric
tons per year.  The evaluation is based on an average dust composition of 30
wt. percent Fe, 24 wt. percent Zn and 2 wt. percent Pb.  Our budget estimates
show that all the three recovery alternatives could be profitable.

                   TABLE 3.  ECONOMIC EVALUATION OF RECOVERY
                     PROCESSES FOR CARBON STEEL EAF DUSTS*
             (Basis:  90,000 metric tons per year capacity plant)
 Item
    AMAX
 Electrowin
zinc process
New Jersey Zinc
  Waelz kiln
    process
    SKF
PLASMADUST
  process
Direct Operating costs,
$/metric ton of dust

Indirect operating costs,
$/metric ton of dust

Transportation costs,**
$/metric ton of dust

Total annualized costs,
$/metric ton of dust

Product credits,
$/metric ton of dust

Profit,
$/metric ton of dust
     67
     42
     20
    129
    211
     82
      72
      42
      20
     134
     160
      26
    120
     42
     20
    182
    251
     69
   Based on 1981 cost data.
   Assumed.
     No cost data were available for the Inmetco process, although their
operation is reported to be profitable.  An economic evaluation of the Bureau
of Mines process has been conducted;   a profit of about $130 per metric ton
of agglomerated waste is estimated based on a plant designed to smelt 5 metric
tons per day of pelletized wastes.
                                      15

-------
                                  CONCLUSIONS

     Several promising technologies have been developed at either pilot  or
commercial scales which offer technically feasible routes for recovery of
metallic values from electric arc furnace steelmaking dusts.  With the excep-
tion of the Bureau of Mines process which allows in-plant recycling of the EAF
dust, all the other processes require that EAF dusts and other compatible
wastes from different steel companies be shipped to a centralized processing
facility.  Economic operation of the facility requires that the steel plants
be in close proximity to the recovery facility.  The New Jersey Zinc Waelz
kiln plant in Palmerton, Pennsylvania, and the Inmetco plant in Ellwood  City,
Pennsylvania are the two commercial recovery facilities currently in opera-
tion.

     Recovery of metallic values from EAF dust offers several benefits.
Firstly, it eliminates the disposal costs involved in landfilling the hazard-
ous waste.  In-plant recycling has the added advantage of reducing the steel
producer's cost by not wasting expensive materials.  Further, the recovery
technologies can help reduce the nation's demand for imports of chromium, zinc
and other critical metals.

                               ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The authors would like to thank the following people for providing
invaluable information for this study:  N. H. Keyser, Consultant, Hinsdale,
Illinois; W. R. Opie and H. P. Rajcevic, AMAX Base Metals Research and Develop-
ment, Inc., Carteret, New Jersey; P. L. Kern and M. R. Silvestris, The New
Jersey Zinc Company, Inc., Palmerton, Pennsylvania; P- Baumann, SiAR, Inc.,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

                                  REFERENCES

  1.  Barnard, P. G., A. G. Starliper, W. M. Dressel, and M. M. Fine.  "Recycl-
     ing of Steelmaking Dusts," U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau  of
     Mines, TPR 52, February 1972.

  2.  Powell, H. E., W. M. Dressel, and R. L. Crosby.  "Converting Stainless
     Steel Furnace Flue Dusts and Wastes to a Recyclable Alloy," U.S. Depart-
     ment of the Interior, Bureau of Mines, Report of Investigations 8039,
     1975.

  3.  Higley, L. W., and H. H. Fukubayashi.  "Method for Recovery of Zinc and
     Lead from Electric Furnace Steelmaking Dusts," U.S. Department of the
     Interior, Bureau of Mines, a paper in the Proceedings of the Fourth
     Mineral Waste Utilization Symposium, Chicago, Illinois, May 7-8, 1974.

  4.  Keyser, N. H., J. R. Porter, A. J. Valentino, M. P. Harmer, and J.  I.
     Goldstein.  "Characterization, Recovery and Recycling of Electric Arc
     Furnace Dust," presented at the Symposium of  Iron and Steel Pollution
     Abatement Technology for 1981, Chicago, Illinois, October 6-8, 1981.

  5.  Metal Market  1981.  Red Book of Annual Statistics  (1980 Data).
                                     16

-------
 6.  Higley,  L.  W.,  and  M.  M.  Fine.   "Electric Furnace Steelmaking Dusts - A
    Zinc Raw Material," U.S.  Department  of  the Interior,  Bureau of Mines,
    Report of  Investigations  8209,  1977.

 7.  Anderson,  W. W.,  H.  P.  Rajcevic,  and W.  R.  Opie.   "Pilot  Plant Operation
    of  the Caustic  Leach-Electrowin Zinc Process,"  IMS Paper  Selection,
    A81-52,  The Metallurgical Society of AIME,  Warrendale,  Pennsylvania
    15086.

 8.  Opie, W. R., Director,  AMAX Base  Metals  Research  and  Development,  Inc.,
    Carteret,  New Jersey.   December 14,  1981, personal communication.

 9.  Rajcevic,  H. P.,  AMAX  Base Metals Research and  Development, Inc.,
    Carteret,  New Jersey.   March 24,  1982,  personal communication.

10.  Kern, P. L., Director  of  Manufacturing  and Technical  Services,  and M. R.
    Silvestris, Environmental Control Engineer,  The New Jersey Zinc Company,
    Inc., Palmerton,  Pennsylvania.   December 15, 1981, personal communica-
    tion.

11.  Maczek,  H., and R.  Kola.   "Recovery  of  Zinc and Lead  from Electric-
    Furnace  Steelmaking Dust  at Berzelius,"  Journal of Metals, p.  53-58,
    January  1980.

12.  Herlitz, H. G., SKF Steel Engineering AB, Hofors, Sweden.   "The
    PLASMADUST Process  for Recovery of Metals from  Waste  Oxides," presented
    at  the Symposium  on Resource Recovery and Environmental Issues  of
    Industrial Solid  Wastes,  Gatlinburg,  Tennessee, October 28-30,  1981.

13.  Herlitz, H. G.  "SKF Steel Engineering  Bulletin," published by  SKF Steel
    Engineering AB, Hofors, Sweden, June 1982.

14.  Baumann, P., SiAR,  Inc.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. November 30,  1981,
    personal communication.

15.  Hanewald,  R. H.,  J.  K,  Pargeter,  and J.  A.  MacDougall.  "Agglomeration
    and the  Inmetco Process," paper provided by Inmetco,  Ellwood City,
    Pennsylvania.   1982.

16.  Higley,  Jr., L. W.,  L.  A. Neumeier,  M.  M. Fine, and J.  C.  Hartman.
    "Stainless Steel  Waste Recovery System  Perfected  by Bureau of Mines
    Research," 33 Metal Producing,  November  1979.

17.  Bureau of  Mines,  U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior.  "In-Plant Recycling of
    Stainless  and Specialty Steel Wastes,"  Technology News, No. 91, January
    1981.

18.  Barnard, P. G., W.  M.  Dressel,  and M. M. Fine.  "Arc  Furnace Recycling of
    Chromium-Nickel from Stainless  Steel Wastes," U.S. Department of the
    Interior,  Bureau  of Mines, Report of Investigations 8218,  1977.
                                     17

-------
                       Session 4
                       WATER POLLUTION ABATEMENT
             Symposium
                   on
           Iron and Steel
Pollution Abatement Technology
              For 1982
                Sponsored by
                 US EPA
  INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH
              LABORATORY
            Research, Triangle rark, NC
                   and
    AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE
               Washington, DC

       NOVEMBER 16, 17, AND 18, 1982

           The William Penn Hotel
               Pittsburgh, PA

-------
BLAST FURNACE - RECYCLE SYSTEM

     SIDE  STREAM SOFTENING

  SUMMARY  OF  FULL SCALE  TRIAL


              BY
    LEONARD  D. WISNIEWSKI
  ASSISTANT DIRECTOR - WATER
    ENVIRONMENTAL  CONTROL
             AND
      RICHARD  L.  NEMETH
   ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT
    ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
  REPUBLIC STEEL CORPORATION
    CLEVELAND, OHIO  44101
        NOVEMBER, 1982

-------
     The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily  reflect
the views of the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                  ABSTRACT

     Republic  Steel  Corporation's  Cleveland  District   has  undertaken   a
program to  reduce blast  furnace recycle  system  blowdown to  volume  levels
that  can  either  achieve  regulatory  requirements  or  be disposed  of  via
quenching  and  evaporation  on  blast  furnace  slag.    This  is  a  potential
alternate   to  the  treatment  of  blast  furnace  blowdown  using   alkaline-
chlorination treatment.    It  will  be  necessary  to  remove  scale  forming
constituents  from  the  recirculating  waters  to  prevent  harmful   buildup
throughout  the  recycle  system  as  the  cycling is  increased.    Republic  is
attempting to accomplish  this  by investigating the  effectiveness  of  "side-
stream" softening a portion of the total recycle volume.

     This  paper details the results of the work conducted to  date on  a trial
softening  program at its 5 & 6  Blast  Furnace Recycle System at the  Cleveland
District steelmaking  facility.    Included  is a description  of  the modified
treatment  system and a summary of the water chemistry softening results.   A
summary which   compares  the   system's  discharge  loads  to  the  recently
promulgated   Best  Available Technology  (BAT) effluent  limitation guidelines
is also included.  This paper  is a  followup to a  paper presentation made  by
the  same  authors  last year  at  the  U.S.   EPA  Symposium  on  Iron  and Steel
Pollution  Abatement  Technology  for  1981,   which  dealt with  the  efforts  to
minimize Cleveland's  5 & 6  Blast Furnace  recycle  system blowdown  rate  to
below BAT  levels.

                                  BACKGROUND

BLOWDOWN MINIMIZATION

     Recycle water  systems  for  gas  cleaning and  cooling were  installed  at
both  Cleveland  District  Blast  Furnace  complexes  to  conform  with   Best
Practicable   Technology (BPT)  requirements.   These systems were  designed  to
operate at  blowdown  rates  of  1,000-1,200  gpm, enabling  them  to  meet these
guidelines.   It  was apparent  that  these design  criteria (the  high blowdown
rates) could not  achieve  compliance  with proposed  Best Available Technology
(BAT)  limitations.   The options  available  dictated  the  necessity to  reduce
blowdown  to a  more   manageable rate,  thereby  minimizing  future   capital
expenditure  and operating costs to meet these BAT regulations.

     The immediate concern  in  efforts to reduce  the  blowdown rates centered
around elimination  of  extraneous water infiltration  to the recycle systems.
These  sources  were  the  cause  of  hydraulic  imbalance  which  required  the
elimination   of   water  from  the  systems  for  hydraulic  rather   than water
chemistry  reasons.   The fact  that  these were  retrofit  systems  to existing
facilties   complicated  the  task.    However,  results   of   identifying  and
systematically  eliminating sources of extraneous water  culminated  in the


                                     -1-

-------
ability  to  hydraulically  operate  one  of  these systems,  the  5 &  6  Blast
Furnace Recycle  System,  with a  sustained very  low  blowdown rate.   Althoug**
unresolved  problems  with  hydraulic  balance  of  this  system  remain,  the
sources  have  been  identified  and  can  managed  be  either  physically  or
adminis tratively.

     Figure 1  illustrates  the  results  of  blowdown  reduction,  tracking  the
system from January,  1980  to  September, 1982.   The  apparent  increase  after
November, 1981  was due  to  a decrease  in iron production which  reflected an
increase in  the blowdown rate  (gallons  per  ton) while  the actual  blowdown
rate  (gallons   per minute)  remained  relatively  constant.     The  extraneous
water resulting  in the blowdown volume  was  related  to  the  blast  furnace in
operation  and  should  be   resolved  when this   furnace  is  taken  down  for
rebuild.
                                         REPUBLIC STEEL CORP
                                         [CLEVELAND DISTRICT
                                         586 BL FCE RECYCLE
                          |M M|J|S  N|J|M|M|J|S|N|J  M M|J
                         FAJAODFAJAODFAJA
                             1980
                                          I 981
                                                    1982
Figure 1.   Republic Steel Cleveland District - Nos.  5  &  6  Blast Furnace
            Recycle System - Blowdown Flow by Month.
     Another  alternative  to  meet  BAT  limitations  was  to  not  discharge
blowdown from the recycle  system.   No  discharge,  of course, would  eliminate
the  concern  for constituent  limitations.   No discharge  does  not mean  zero
blowdown.   If  blowdown rates  are  minimal,  methods  for  blowdown  disposal
become  very  viable  alternates  to discharge  treatment.   Water  evaporation
from blast furnace slag  quenching  or pelletizing could  then  provide  adequate
disposal for blowdown from a very  tight system.

     Water chemistry became  a  factor of   significant  impact,  once  having
resolved  the  hydraulic  needs  of  the system.    As demostrated  by  deposit
analyses shown in Figure 2, continued  operation of this system with  very low
blowdown showed  a marked  increase  in the  calcium carbonate  concentration.
Applying patented chemical treatment  to cope with this  potential  did provide
for  a degree  of success,  however, sustained  operation  with this  scheme was
still unproven.   For this reason  a study  in  the  use  of  side stream water
softening to control system hardness was undertaken  in 1981.
                                     -2-

-------
40
P
Q.
UJ
O
U.
£
o* I0
o
ro
8 n
4
F. J
\1


Co
6
I



J
-


nil




. _


\
I








n



1
I









n



JZ
1






                             AUG
                             1978
MAY
1980
JUNE
1961
DEC
1981
                          DEPOSIT ANALYSIS HISTORY, 586 BL FCE RECYCLE SYSTEM
Figure 2.    Republic Steel Cleveland District - Nos.  5  &  6  Blast Furnace
            Recycle System - Deposit Analysis History.
PILOT STUDY

     The U.S. EPA  Mobile Pilot  Treatment Plant was  utilized to  investigate
various  softening   modes  on  a   5-6   gpm  side  stream  to  determine  the
feasibility  and  cost  effectiveness  of   side  stream  softening  to  control
system  hardness.    This  method  of  controlling  calcium  carbonate  scaling
potential  was  a   technology  transfer   from  closed,  recirculating  cooling
systems to a blast furnace  recycle system.   Results of  the trial  affirmed
this  potential.    Trial  results  demonstrated  the  ability  to  sucessfully
soften the blast  furnace  recycle water by  several  means, from  classic  lime-
soda ash softening to simply elevating  the pH by caustic  soda addition.  The
pilot studies also affirmed  that remixing  of  softened water  with  unsoftened
recycle water generated  continued  softening reactions  and sedimentation in
the mixed stream,  a situation  which must be considered  in the  future  design
of a side-stream  softening system.

     Questions  concerning  practicality,  operating costs  and overall  effect
of side  stream softening on  the entire  recycle  system had  to  be  resolved.
The decision was made  to expand  the  investigations to a  full scale  trial to
provide answers  to  these questions.
                               FULL SCALE TRIAL
OBJECTIVES
     A major concern  in the  full scale softening  trial was the  control and
monitoring of  calcium  and  total  hardness,  these  being  the  most  impactive
constituents  for  system problems.   Softening  potential  of  this water had
already been established,  so  the overall  effect of  continuous  side  stream
softening to  maintain a lowered  system hardness was of  significant interest.
It was necessary  to  observe  what  effects  this  scheme  had  on equipment  at
various stages of  the system, and if other  constituents  in the  water would
indicate  additional problems.
                                     -3-

-------
     The cost  of  side stream  softening had  to be more  precisely determined
than those costs  projected by  the  pilot plant  study.   These  determiantions
had to  be  established within  the  constraints  of  existing equipment  at the
water treatment plant.  A  staff from Republic's Research Center was utilized
to operate,  monitor and evaluate the softening trial.

PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION

     One of  the  two  90'   diameter clarifiers was  modified  for  use  as  a
softener.   No. 2  Clarifier  was selected  because  of  it's  proximity  to the
influent stream,  which allowed  for remixing  of  the  softened water  with the
influent stream  ahead of  the  other clarifier.    Any precipitation  due  to
continued post-mix  softening would be  settled out in  either  clarifier and
removed  along  with  the  settled  solids at  the  vacuum  filters.    Clarifier
discharge piping  had to be  modified to redirect  softener effluent  from the
hot well of the recycle system  cooling  tower to the influent trench  as shown
in Figure 3.   This  was  accomplished by adding a second discharge  pipe from
the overflow launder of the  softener-clarifier to the  influent  trench, and
blanking off  the  overflow launder  discharge  to  the hot  well  as   shown  in
Figure 4.  These modifications  were made so No. 2 Clarifier could be quickly
returned to  a  full  stream  clarifier   if  it  became  necessary  to abort the
trial due to a  malfunction of No. 1 Clarifier.
                     REPUBLIC STEEL-CLEVELAND
                     NOS 586 BLAST FURNACES
                     RECIRCULATING SYSTEM
NO 2 COKE
PLANT
LAGOON



SOURCES


NO Z
POWER
HOUSE


NO 6
BLAST
FURNACE


NO 5
BLAST
FURNACE
                                 -37 '/.i ^
y
EVAP a
DRIFT
Figure 3.   Republic Steel Cleveland District - Nos.  5  &  6  Blast Furnace
            Recycle System - Flow Schematic  for Side  Stream Softening Trial.
                                     -4-

-------
                              REMOVABLE TEMPORARY
                                             EXISTING CLARIFIER
                                              OVERFLOW TO COOLING
                                               TOWER HOT WELL
                                                MODIFIED OVERFLOW
                                                       TO
                                                     INFLJENT
                                                     ('TRENCH
                                                     I
                      NO 2 CLARIFIER
                      MODIFICATION
Figure 4.   Republic  Steel Cleveland District -  Nos.  5 & 6 Blast  Furnace
            Recycle System - No.  2  Clarifier Modification for Side  Stream
            Softening Trial.
     The next concern was  to  develop  a method  to measure  the  side  stream
flow which was to  be regulated  by positioning No. 2 clarifier shut  off gate.
A  temporary  flume,   similar  to  a  Palmer-Bowles  type,  was  constructed  and
inserted into No.  2  Clarifier  influent  launder.  This  flume, although  crude,
was an  effective  primary  flow measuring  device.   The method  for  softening
was simply pH elevation by  addition of  caustic soda (sodium hydroxide).   The
method was  selected  for  simplicity,  as  liquid caustic was  readily  available
in bulk,  and feed could  be  easily  controlled  and measured.   As  shown  in
Figure 5,  caustic  was  fed  directly   from  a  bulk  tank   truck   through  a
regulated  value  to  provide  the  desired   feed  rate.     The  feed  rate  was
measured manually  at the feed point  in the clarifier influent launder.
                         CAUSTIC
                         FEED LINE
                      SIDESTREAM
                      TO NO 2
                      CLARIFIER
•»TO NO I
 CLARIFIER
                                   PRESSURE
                                  RELIEF VALVE 1
                                               REGULATOR
                                                      PLANT
                                                      AIR SUPPLY
                                  CAUTION CAUSTIC SODA
Figure 5.   Republic  Steel Cleveland District -  Nos.  5 & 6 Blast  Furnace
            Recycle System - Caustic Soda Feed System for Side  Stream
            Softening Trial.
                                       -5-

-------
CONSTRAINTS

     Numerous  constraints had  to  be reconciled  both  prior to and  during the
trial period.   Logic  dictated not to  attempt  this  experiment  during  the
winter,  considering the  physical  characteristic  of 50%  caustic soda  and its
solution freeze point of  54 F.   During  these  severe  economic times,  fundin»
of such  a  project  can  also be restrictive.    Credit  district and  corporate
management   for authorizing   funds   for   this   program.     The modifications
required for  the  trial  interfered  with  scheduled  clarifier maintenance  and
imposed  a time constraint.

     During this  trial,  only No. 5  blast furnace was in operation.  Of  the
two furnaces,  No. 5 caused  the most severe hydraulic  imbalance and unsteady
operation since  its general  condition was less than ideal  as it  concludes
its  current  campaign.    Therefore,   general  system  stability  (water  flows,
blowdown, water  chemistry)  was  somewhat  erratic prior  to,  and  during  the
trial.   Coupled  to the  normal  operating problems  inherent  to  any  blast
furnace   and  water  treatment  system,  considerable  effort was  necessary  to
maintain system tightness sufficiently to proceed.

     The modifications to perform the trial,   though  adequate, were far  from
ideal.  Flow control of  the  side  stream and the  caustic  feed required  close
monitoring   and constant attention.    Calculated  caustic  feeds  were   soon
discarded in  favor  of  caustic  feed adjustment  to obtain desired  pH  in  the
softener-clarifier.     Monitoring   of   the  trial  under  these  constraints
required many  man hours and  the efforts of several people.

     Chemical   constraints  of  the  system  were present.   It  was  unknown  at
what  pH the  entire  recycle  system  would   stabilize while  the   softening
clarfier was  maintained  at  the pH  level necessary  to sustain the  softening
reaction.  The  potential existed for  acid to  be fed to  the recycled water
for  pH  adjustment,  because  of  discharge  requirements  and  for   cyanide
control.  The initial softening effect of pH  elevation in  the system had  to
be addressed carefully so as not to cause deposition throughout the  system.

TRIAL PROCEDURE

     Previous   data  while operating the  system  at  very  low blowdown  rates
prior to softening would be  used as  the  base  of comparison.   System hardness
was  reduced  by  increasing   blowdown  to minimize   the  effect  of  initial
softening  and to  reduce both the time  and  the  caustic  required.    The
blowdown was  then reduced as  the  trial began  to allow  concentrating of  the
hardness constituents.    The  trial  proceeded  by  softening a 250 gpm influent
side stream at a  pH of  10.5,  then at a pH of 9.5, then back  to a pH of  10.5.
Next, a clarified and cooled  water  side  stream of 150 gpm  was softened  at  a
pH of  10.5.    Without  sophisticated  pH  control  equipment,  pH values varied
somewhat throughout each trial phase.   However,  control  was  adequate enough
to demonstrate the principle and observe  the results.
                                     -6-

-------
TRIAL MONITORING

     It was  first  necessary  to  monitor certain  physical parameters  to keep
on track with  the  trial procedures.   Calibration  of  the influent  flume fo~
flow measurement  allowed  for monitoring  and  adjusting  flow  to maintain a
constant side  stream  flow.    Measuring  caustic   feed  indicated  consumption
rates and  helped  to  regulate softener  pH.   Desired  softener  pH determined
caustic  feed.    Continuous   monitoring  of system flow,  make-up  flow  and
blowdown flow indicated the degree of  system tightness.

     The next   monitoring  requirement  dealt  with  water  chemistry,  which
included monitoring  for  several  constituents  at  many points  throughout the
system.  Temperature,  conductivity,  pH, alkalinity,  calcium hardness,  total
hardness, chloride  concentration and  turbidity were monitored  daily  at five
points  throughout  the  system.   This  data  would  indicated   the degree  of
success or  failure of the project objectives.

     Last came  observations  of  the  overall effect on  the physical  system.
This  was  accomplished  by  frequent  inspections  of  strategically  located
deposition  coupons.   Before  and after  inspections of  the  gas  cooler  were
conducted  to Determine  if  there were  any  major  indications  of  potential
problems.

RESULTS

     The trial began on  June 8,  1982 and proceeded  in  four modes  until
August 2, 1982.   System history  as  shown  in  Figure 6  demonstrates  that  at
the  comparable BAT blowdown rate of  70 gallons  per ton,  the system  total
hardness was approximately  750  mg/1.    Data collected  during  the  softening
trial showed a  hardness level of 500  mg/1  could be maintained  at a blowdown
range of between 3.5-7.0  gallons  per ton.   Historical data  indicated  that  at
this very low blowdown  rate,  total hardness without softening  was over  1,000
mg/1.
                       1500
                     o
                      :iooo
                     O
                     U
                     V)
                     OT
                     O
                     K
                       500
               SOFTENING
                                       REPUBLIC STEEL CORP
                                       CLEVELAND DISTRICT
                                       5 a 6 BL FCE RECYCLE
                                100   200    300    400
                               BLOWDOWN  RATE, GAL/TON
                                                        500
Figure 6.
Republic Steel Cleveland  District - Nos. 5 & 6 Blast Furnace
Recycle System - Total Hardness  as a Function of Blowdown Rate
(January, 1981 - August,  1982),  including Side Stream
Softening Trial.
                                     -7-

-------
     During  the  trial  period,  system pH  remained  at  8.0  to  8.2  with  no
significant changes  in  pH occuring  at any  time.    Inspection of  deposition
coupons throughout the  system showed  that no  significant  deposits   occurred
during the trial.  The  overflow weirs  of the softener-clarifier did show  a
white  scale  deposit   that   did  not   pose   a  problem  during   the  trial.
Concurrently, vacuum filter  operation appeared  more effective,  with media
life doubling.   It has been  theorized   that  high  system  hardness may cause
reduced filter-bag life because of premature blinding of the media  fibers.

     A post-trial inspection  of  the  blast furnace gas cooler  showed  no signs
of  increased  depostion, and  general  system  cleanliness remained very good.
The net reduction of  total  system  hardness was optimum when the  250  gpm  side
stream was  softened  by  pH  elevation to  10.5,  when  system hardness  was
maintained at the  300-400 mg/1 range.  Operating  the side stream at a pH of
9.5 caused a  slight  increase  in system hardness to  the 400-500  mg/1 range.
Reduction  of the  side  stream to  150 gpm  and  operating at  a  pH  of  10.5
resulted  in   system  hardness  of  500-600 mg/1.    Calcium hardness   in  the
recycle system throughout the trial for  the most  part remained  in a 130-230
mg/1 range.

CONCLUSION

     This  full   scale  trial  has  conclusively  indicated  that  side stream
softening can maintain  reduced system hardness  in  this  blast  furnace system
when  operated with   blowdown levels  significantly  lower  than   BAT rates.
Hardness  levels  in  the  300-500 mg/1  range  have  been  demonstrated  to be
manageable with  conventional  water  treatment  schemes.   This  method  of  side
stream softening for hardness  control  can be viable with a properly  designed
system.   However, the  levels of  nonprecipitating  ions  such  as sodium and
chloride may continue to  concentrate to high levels which could  subsequently
lead to potential corrosive conditions.   To  date,  chloride concentrations up
to  2,000  mg/1  have   been observed  without  indications  of abnormally   high
corrosion.

FUTURE WORK

     There still  remains  unanswered  questions  with regards  to  this trial.
The time  constraints  previously  mentioned limited verification of long  term
effects.   A  trial  running for several months  would provide more insight and
allow  for additional   related  studies of  overall  system  effects  such as
deposition,  corrosion,   scrubber  and  cooler  efficiencies,  and   effects on
other BAT related water constituents such as ammonia, cyanide, phenol, lead,
and zinc.
                                     -8-

-------
                               PROJECT  IMPACT
COSTS
     The cost of chemical treatment  for  this  side stream softening  trial  are
shown in Figure 7 as  compared to  current  BPT treatment  costs  and  projected
alkaline chlorination  costs.   The  current  chemical  costs  are  a  base line
figure which includes  clarification and deposit  control agent  currently  in
use.   The alkaline  chlorination costs reflect single  and two stage, and  air
stripping with  two  stage,  as  outlined  in  Pilot  Evaluation   of  Alkaline
Chlorination Alternatives  for  Blast Furnace  Slowdown  Treatment,  Metcalf &
Eddy, presented  at  the  U.S.  EPA  Symposium  on  Iron  and   Steel  Pollution
Abatement Technology for 1981.  Costs were calculated  in Dollars per Million
Gallons  Treated  (Slowdown or  Side Stream) and  Dollars  per  Million Gallons
Recirculated, to put  them into perspective with  BPT treatment  costs.  These
figures   indicate  that   chemical   treatment   for   side   stream  softening  by
caustic   addition  are  in  the same  range  as  projected  costs   for  alkaline
chlorination treatment  of  blowdown water  to  attain BAT  limitations.   Pilot
plant studies conducted  in  1981  indicate  a lower cost for  softening by lime
and soda ash, which  would inhance  the chemical cost  advantage of side stream
softening over alkaline chlorination.
TREATMENT SCHEME
CURRENT BPT
ALKALINE- CHLORINATION
SINGLE-STAGE
TWO-STAGE
AIR-STRIP W/TWO-STAGE
SIDE-STREAM SOFT
pH 9.5
pH 10.5
pH 10.5
SYSTEM
FLOW
4SOO

9000
9000
9000

4500
4500
4500
TREATMENT
STREAM FLOW
4500

300
300
300

250
250
150
COSTS
TREATED
28

1207
1253
936

B 25
1028
1000
$/MG
RECIRCULATED
28

39
41
30

46
57
33
Figure 7.
Republic Steel Cleveland District - Nos. 5 and 6 Blast Furnace
Recycle System - Treatment Scheme Cost Comparison.
     Detailed figures for the capital  costs  or other operating costs of this
side stream  softening method  of  treatment  are  not available.    The  total
costs of modifications  to  this  recycle  system to  attain very  low blowdown
rates were  less  than $0.2  million,  and the  costs  for the  modifications
required to  run this trial  were  less  than $50,000.   The  capital costs of
alkaline chlorination treatment  systems have  been  estimated  by  Metcalf &
Eddy in their presentation to be $1.2-$1.3 million.
                                     -9-

-------
BAT

     The  5 &  6  Blast  Furnace Recycle System effluent quality  approaches  the
recently  promulgated  BAT  limitations  by  means  of  very  low  blowdown  flow
without  the  requirement  for additional  blowdown treatment.   Figures  8-12
show  the  general  long-term  trends  for  the regulated  parameters  on  both  a
gross   concentration  and  loading  basis.     Note  the  loading   curves   are
asymptotically  approaching  zero  for  all  of  the  parameters,  despite   the
corresponding increase in  respective  concentrations.   Listed in  Table 1  are
the  BAT  Effluent  Limitations  as  promulgated,  on  May  27,  1982   for  this
facility.
        REPUBLIC STEEL CORP
        CLEVELAND DISTRICT
        5 8 6 BL FCE RECYCLE
               I     !
                      CC

                      UJ
                      O
en
en
§
(9
                                          -TOTAL DISSOLVED
X
•^
^ ^ Hi

'...^
	 ,
                                                        30,000
                                                             1
                                                        20,000
                                                        10,000
                                       O
                                       3
                          7S-T6  77
                                         79
                                        YEAR
                                                  si'"
                                                       82
                                                        ,?2,
                                                            in
                                                            o
                                                            5
                         NOTES:
                          (I) EXCLUDES JAN 1*81 DATA
                          121 DATA FOR JAN -AU« l»2
 Figure 8.    Republic  Steel Cleveland District  -  Nos. 5 & 6  Blast Furnace
             Recycle System - Total  Dissolved Solids gross concentration
             and gross loading discharge by year.
                        100
                                                         1000
E

O
                      UJ
                      O
                      O
                      o
                      en
                      en
                      o
                      K
                      o
                                       REPUBLIC STEEL CORP
                                       CLEVELAND DISTRICT
                                       586 BL FCE RECYCLE
                        40 -
   20,
                          75-76  77
                        80    8I1"
                         NOTES:
                         (I) EXCLUDES JAN 1981 DATA
                          2) DATA FOR JAN-AUG 1982
 Figure 9.    Republic  Steel Cleveland District  - Nos. 5 &  6  Blast Furnace
             Recycle  System - Total Suspended  Solids gross concentration
             and gross loading  discharge by  year.
                                        -10-

-------
                       r 100
E

O
                       E
                       Ul
                       o
                       (fl
                       
                                                 NOTES:
                                                  
-------
                       0.8 i
                     o>
	1	1	1	
 REPUBLIC STEEL CORP
 CLEVELAND DISTRICT
 586 8L FCE RECYCLE
                                                      8.0
                        75-76  77
                                  78
                                      79
                                     YEAR
      80    8I">
       NOTES:
       (I) EXCLUDES JAN 1911 DATA
       (2) DATA FOH JAN-AUO 198!
Figure 12.   Republic Steel Cleveland  District - Nos. 5 & 6 Blast Furnace
            Recycle System - Phenol gross concentration and gross
            loading discharge by  year.
                                   TABLE 1.
                           BAT EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS

                                      Monthly        Daily
              Constituent             Average*     Maximum*

              Suspended Solids             132          398
              Ammonia(N)                    15           44
              Cyanide(T)                   1.5          2.9
              Phenol (4AAP)               0.15         0.29
              Lead (T)                    0.37         1.11
              Zinc (T)                    0.44         1.34

              *Gross loads  (Kg/day)
Comparing the  monthly  average effluent  limitations  as  shown  in Table  1  to
the long-term  (yearly)  average loading  data as  shown  in  Figures 9-12,  the
system should  achieve  the  BAT limitations  for  suspended  solids and  phenols
and approach  these  limitations  for  ammonia and cyanide.    Lead  and  zinc
loading comparison  to  BAT  could  not be  made since  this data  had not  been
collected.  It is possible  that BAT could be  achieved with the  correction of
the existing  hydraulic problem  in  the  system.    However,  blowdown  levels
would  have to be controlled below 20 gallons  per  ton to assure  compliance of
the BAT  regulations based  upon  alkaline-chlorination.   A method to  ensure
this blowdown  level will be installed  at No. 6  Blast  Furnace  by  utilizing
recycle system  water as make-up to  a  slag pelletizing  operation.   Republic
expects that 30 gallons  per ton can be evaporated by this operation  and  thus
eliminate the recycle system discharge.
                                     -12-

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish  to  express their  appreciation  to  Messrs. Mark  Vanek,  Bob
Phillips  and Bill Mozes  of  Republic Steel Cleveland  District  for their work
and ingenuity  in setting up and maintaining  this trial.  We would also like
to  thank  Messrs. John  Lefelhocz  and George  Sheppard  of Republic  Steel's
Research  Center  for  their  efforts  in  coordinating and monitoring the trial
procedures;  and express appreciation  for  the  graphic and preparation support
of Messrs.  Al  Crespo and Tom  Medvin and Ms.  Bettye Lavender.   Lastly,  we
would like  to acknowledge  Mr.  Mitch  Kassouf of  Betz Laboratories  for  his
help in providing the many  services  of his company during this  trial.
                                    -13-

-------
The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the views  of
the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.

             COSTS OF PRE-TREATMENT OF COKE-PLANT EFFLUENTS

             by:  J. Ganczarczyk, Professor of Civil Engineering
                  University of Toronto, Toronto, Ont. M5S 1A4
                  (416) 978-3141, and

                  M. Kelleher, Consulting Engineer,
                  MacLaren Engineers Inc., Toronto, Ont. M5E 1E7
                  (416) 365-7337

                                ABSTRACT

     One of the most common strategies for pre-treatment of coke-plant
effluents consists of wastewater equalization, followed by ammonia
stripping.  Dissolved air flotation is a compact pretreatment method
which is worthy of consideration for some applications.  The capital
and operating costs, and some technological aspects of each of these
three operations are :examined:_'in-.-this .paper.

     Equalization, which is practiced at many plants and is always strongly
advised prior to biological treatment, is associated with capital cost
which varies linearly with the chosen detention period.  The operating
costs are minimal.  It is expected that adequate equalization periods
permit some cyanide conversion, good oil and tar removal, and other
aging phenomena which could make the wastewater more amenable to
biological treatment.  Where equalization precedes ammonia stripping,
oil removal improves the effectiveness of the free leg of the still.

     Dissolved air flotation removes most of the oil and tar and a portion
of the COD bearing material from coke plant wastewater.  Although it does
not perform the function of equalization, dissolved air flotation can be
considered for effective oil and tar removal if the space required for
adequate equalization is not available.  It has relativeiyllow.capital-.;.
costs, and low operating costs.

     In comparison to the other pre-treatment methods discussed, ammonia
stripping is associated with relatively high capital and operating costs.
Removal of lime solids prior to the fixed leg of a conventional still
considerably reduces operating costs and improves the efficiency of the
unit.  Many new ammonia stripping operations use caustic soda for
alkaline pH adjustment because of the numerous operating problems
associated with the use of lime.  However, the operating costs of modified
lime systems are less than those of caustic systems for comparable ammonia
removal results.

-------
                   PRE-TREATMENT OF COKE-PLANT EFFLUENTS

      The  major  objective  of  the pre-treatment of coke-plant effluents is
 to  make  the  wastewater  more  amenable  to  subsequent biological treatment and
 - sometimes  - advanced  physico-chemical  treatment.  The pre-treatment of
 coke-plant effluents  is unusually complex;  there are many pre-treatment
 methods  available,  and  numerous  pre-treatment strategies are practised.
 Generally, such pre-treatment  includes wastewater stream separation or
 effluent  equalization with pre-sedimentation  and optional flotation, phenol
 extraction or sorption, and  ammonia removal.   Pre-treatment technologies
 for cyanide  removal are less common.  The  pre-treatment of coke-plant
 effluents in North America is  based on equalization and storage,  followed
 by  free  and  fixed  ammonia stripping.  This  technology is suggested as
 Alternate 2  of  the "best  practicable  control  technology currently
 available"  (BPCTCA),  as described by  the Effluent Limitation Guidelines
 for the  Iron and Steel  Manufacturing  Segment  of the Steel Industry.*

                        COST  ESTIMATION METHODOLOGY

      Costs presented  in this paper are in  1981 Canadian dollars.
 Equalization tank  costs were based on average rates for average conditions
 provided in  "Yardsticks for  Costing 1981",  published by the Canadian
 Institute of Quality  Surveyors.  The  capital  costs of flotation units
 were budgetary  quotations provided by three different manufacturers.  The
 information  on  the capital and operating costs of ammonia stripping stills
 was obtained from  a number of  North American  steel companies, manufacturers
 of  ammonia  stills,  and  some  literature references on the subject.

                               EQUALIZATION

      Because coking is  a  batch process,  the collection and equalization of
 coke-plant effluents  is a major pre-treatment step.  Equalization periods
 ranging  from 0.5 to 7 days are common practice.**

      During  the equalization/retention operation some conversion  of
 cyanide  to  thiocyanate  takes place.   Effective oil and tar removal can also
 be  achieved. These technological features  are dealt with in detail else-
 where.  In  this work, attention was primarily directed to the cost of the
 required tanks.  Their  design  was based  on  the following:
 * U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   Development Document of Effluent
   Limitation Guidelines  and New Source Performance  Standards  for the Steel
   Making Segment of the  Iron and Steel Industry,  EPA-440/l-74-024a,  June
   1974.
** Ganczarczyk,  J.J.,  Pre-Treatment  of Coke  Plant  Effluents.   Chapter 9
   Waste Treatment and Utilization.   Edited  by  Moo-Young,  M.  and Farquhar,
   C.J., Pergamon Press,  Oxford, 1980.

-------
  (i)  A flow of 750 m3/d (198,000 U.S.  gal per day).  The equalization
      basins were sized for detention periods varying from one to ten days.

 (ii)  A single circular reinforced concrete structure was used for each
      detention period.  The use of two structures would be more practical,
      but would be more expensive for the same equalization capacity,
      and therefore was not analyzed here.

(iii)  Designs were carried out for side water depths of 3.6 m (11 ft.) and
      4.6 (15 ft.) for  comparative purposes.   A freeboard of 0.6 m (2 ft.)
      was included in each case.

 (iv)  The basins would  be below grade,  with the top 1.2 m (4 ft.) above
      grade, and backfilled with excavated material.  If rock or poor soil
      conditions requiring extensive dewatering were encountered, a buried
      basin would not be practical, hence the cost of the basin structure
      has been separated out for discussion purposes.

  (v)  It was assumed that the wastewater contains 1-2% flotable oil that
      would flot to the surface of the  basin, and that the wastewater
      contains very little suspended, settleable material, hence
      assumulations of  sludge at the bottom of the basin would not be
      significant.  It  was also assumed that  skimming equipment might be
      considered and its costs have been evaluated.

 (vi)  Pre-aeration or mixing of the contents  of the equalization basin
      were not considered appropriate for this type of wastewater.  Both
      of these operations are used in the pre-treatment of other
      industrial wastewaters, where the mixing of different wastewater
      streams is important to simplify  subsequent treatment operations.
      Either operation  would interfere  with oil and tar removal,  which was
      considered as an  important function of  the equalization basin.

(vii)  For the sake of simplicity, any addition of chemicals to the waste-
      water to enhance  oil and tar removal and/or cyanide conversion was
      not covered by this analysis.

     The estimated costs of equalization basin and skimming equipment are
presented as a function of both basin Yolume  and the wastewater detention
time in Figure 1.  In Figure 2 the estimated  costs of the equalization
basin  and skimming equipment are shown  as a function of the basin diameter.
A linear regression of  these data indicates that for a basin side water
depth  (s.w.d.) of 3.6 m (11 ft.), the cost of construction of a partially
buried equalization basin can be approximated as:
     $29,540 + $30 (V)
     (where V is the volume of the equalization basin in cubic metres.)
In general,  the cost of excavation was  between 15 and 20% of the total
cost of the equalization basin.  The cost of  the concrete structure varied
approximately .linearly  with detention time, and can be approximated by the
equation:
     $47,560 + $24.70 (v) -

-------
Costs estimated for basins with the same capacity,  but with  a  side water
depth of  4.6  m (15 ft.) helped  to determine  the  effect of basin depth on
costs.  The  surface area of  the deeper basins was somewhat less,  but the
depths of excavation and wall construction were  obviously greater.  Up to
a 5-day detention period, the cost of basins of  equal capacity, with side
water depths  of 3.6 m and 4.6 m are almost identical.  The deeper basin has
a cost advantage at longer detention times and  is approximately $20,000
less expensive than the shallower basin for  a detention time of 10 days.
It has the added advantage of requiring slightly less space.
                    40
                       Co
                         c o : Ba
                                w1H
                                   Ski
                       Eqiipm:nt • 369,000 +
                                     $43.
                                       40
                                                      y
                    20
                                           to?
                    10
                                          Eqiali2
                                              ati(
                                                 n Bi sin
                                          Skltmnir
                                              g EC uipienC
                                              atitn filain
                                          witjh Sljimming
                      0    1000  2000  3000  4000  5000   6000   7000   8000
                                  Basin Volume  (cubic metres)
                                    4       6
                                    DecenCion Time (days)
                                                          10
 Figure 1 - Capital Cost  of  Equalization Basins  and Skimming  Equipment
            as a function of Basin Volume and  Detention Time.

-------
                   40
                   30
                   20
                 D.
                 s
                   10
                                        3.6
                                               f
                                          V
                                      » Equalization Basin
                                       "   SWD
                                        Skiiming £q'
                                        Equ ilizatio
                                        with Skimmihg
ipment
 Basin
 Equip dent
     (3.6 m SrfD)
                         10    20    30    40    50
                                 Basin Diameter (m)
                                                    60
Figure 2 - Costs of Equalization  Basin and Skimming Equipment as a
           Function of Basin Diameter

     The cost of the concrete  for the base slab of a basin accounts  for
40-50% of the total cost of the structure.  Other costs vary less
significantly with respect to  varying depths, hence the extra cost of
deeper walls is more than offset  by savings in the size of the base  slab.
In general, deeper equalization basins should be used unless there is some
reason why they are not favoured.

     The estimated costs of circular skimmers include a drive head,  bridge,
walkway and handrails, centre  column, drive and bridge drive cage,
feedwell, two-arm skimmer, scum trough, beach plate, V-notch weir plates
and scum baffle plates.  These costs increase approximately linearly with
detention time.  The relationship between cost and basin diameter is
approximately linear with a shallow slope ($1910 per metre increase  in
diameter) for diameters of 36  m or less, and is linear with a steeper
slope ($3810 per metre increase in diameter) for diameters greater  than
40 m.  Cost increases more steeply for larger diameter skimmers, because
heavier structures are required for support of the equipment.

-------
      The estimated cost of a circular equalization basin equipped with
skimmers can be approximated by the formula:

      $69,000 + $43.40 (V).
The cost of the skimming equipment accounts for between 35% and 50%  of the
total cost of the basins, hence it is a significant portion of the total
capital expenditure on this unit operation.  Therefore, under normal
circumstances, skimming equipment should not be installed on equalization
basins until it is proven necessary.

      The capital costs of equalization range from $46,800 for a basin of
volume 750 HP* (1-day retention) to $251,200 for a basin of volume 7500 m3
(10-days retention).  This is equivalent to $62.40/m-^ for the small basin
and $33.50/m3 for the larger basin.  The operating costs associated with
equalization are minimal.  These would consist of $250-$750 per year
power costs, if skimming equipment were installed (which is rather uncommon),
and some allowance for sludge disposal.  If the oily sludge is used as fuel
in the coke ovens, sludge disposal could be assumed as cost free.  As the
technological advantages of wastewater detention times in excess of those
required for adequate flow and quality equalization are not yet quantified
in detail, a cost-benefit analysis cannot be carried out to compare the
technological improvements of longer retention with the increased capital
cost of providing this retention.

                         DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION

      The main purpose of dissolved air flotation would .be the removal of
oil and tar from weak ammonia liquor prior to both ammonia stripping, and
the biological "treatment plant.  It is well known that this removal would
improve the effectiveness of ammonia stripping but the extent of "this
improvement has not yet been quantified to date.  It is also well known
that oil and tar removal prior to -biological treatment -would improve the.-
performance of the  biological p-l-ant.  '.However, it is difficult to quantify
the effects of the extent of oil and tar removal on performance of
wastewater biological treatment.  It was assumed in this study that coke
plant wastewaters contain adequate quantities of polymers which would aid
dissolved air flotation and also that the oily float would be recoverable.
If addition ... of a coagulant were required, it has been assumed that
pickling liquor, which contains ferrous salts, could be added to the
effluent prior to flotation to enhance oil removal and achieve some
cyanide precipitation at little or no cost.  Stripping of volatile sub-
stances is expected to be of minor significance.

      The capital costs of flotation units were provided by three
different manufacturers.  A linear regression analysis of the data obtained
for the least expensive-, unit indicates that the installed costs can be
approximated as:
      $25,903 + $1,811 (A)
      (where A is the surface area of the unit in square metres) .

-------
In general,  the capital cost of dissolved air flotation units is relatively
low,  ranging from $30,000 for a unit of area 4.6 sq.m  (50 sq. ft.) and  the
capacity to treat 225-450 L/min (60-180 gpm), to $70,000 for a unit of
surface area 28 sq.m (300 sq. ft.) which could treat 1350-2700 L/min.
(360-720 gpm),  depending on the design criteria.  Based on a detailed
study on application of dissolved air flotation for clarification,* it was
calculated that an installed dissolved air flotation unit which could treat
750 cu.m.  of wastewater over a 24-hour period, would cost only $33,000.
This  is lower than the cost of providing one days equalization capacity
for the same flow, which was estimated at $47,000.   However, dissolved air
flotation cannot provide the many advantages of equalization.  For this
reason, dissolved air flotation should not be considered as a replacement
for equalization, but could be used to enhance some of the effects of
equalization if space for extended equalization is  severely limited.   If
possible,  at least one days equalization capacity should be provided ahead
of the dissolved air flotation unit.

     If it is assumed that dissolved air flotation  requires little or no
labour input, that the addition of coagulants is not necessary for
effective flotation because of the nature of the wastewater and that the
scum and sludge from the operation can be disposed  of on site at no
charge, then the operating costs of a dissolved air flotation unit consist
of (a) power costs and (b) maintenance costs, which manufacturers estimate
at 1% of capital cost annually.  These costs are presented as a function
of the capacity of a unit in Figure 3 and can be approximated by the
linear regression equation.

     Annual  cost of power and maintenance = $468 +  $2(C) (where C is
the capacity of the unit in litres per minute).
* Henry,  J.G.,  and Gehr,  R.,  Dissolved Air Flotation for Primary and
  Secondary Clarification.   Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation.
  Report  SCAT-9.   1981.

-------
                10
                                          Operati ig Cost
                                                   • !468+ZZ(C)
                          900
                                   1800       2700
                                Capacity C (L/min)
                                                      3600
Figure 3 - Operating  Costs  of  a  Dissolved Air Flotation Unit as a
           Function of Design  Capacity

                            AMMONIA STRIPPING

     The basic technologies used for  ammonia removal from coke-plant
effluents are steam stripping  and ion exchange.   The first approach is
broadly applied, but  the second  one is still at  the development stage.
Coke-plant effluents  contain free and combined ammonia.  The free ammonia
may be stripped out by the  application of steam,  but to strip combined
ammonia alkalization  of the wastewater by the addition of caustic soda
or lime is required.

     The design of stills is based on:   (a)  the hydraulic flow to the
still, which determines the surface area of  the unit,  and (b) the degree
of ammonia removal required, which determines the number of plates or
trays in the still, and hence  its  overall height.  The quantity of steam
used is a function of the influent temperature and the degree of ammonia
removal required.  The quantity  of  steam required for  a given percentage
of ammonia removal will decrease  as the  height of the  still is increased.

-------
Because steam consumption accounts for a large portion of the operating
costs of ammonia stills, careful design balances the height of the still
and the steam requirements to achieve a  least cost solution.  The cost
of steam can vary from one location to another and, because of the high
capital costs of ammonia stills, construction of a high still to reduce
steam consumption  is not always warranted.

      There are many variations of the basic technology of steam ammonia
stripping.   Some of these are:  (a) free leg only, (b) conventional free-
and-fixed leg still, with application of lime or caustic, (c) the-
Bethlehem Steel pre-liming system and its modification.  Detailed
discussion of the characteristics of each of these variations can be found
elsewhere.

      The data collected on capital costs of ammonia stills are presented
as a function of the still design flow rate on Figure 4.  There is a wide
variation in the costs quoted from different sources.  Plants 1,  2 and 3
all operate at a wastewater flow of 163 cu. m/d, but the cost of the stills
vary by almost 100%.  There are numerous reasons why this can occur.  The
total installed costs of a still will include for lime handling equipment
in some cases, and not in others, where lime handling equipment was already
available on site.  Also, construction costs will vary from one location to
another, and will depend to a certain extent on economic conditions at
the time of construction.  If the location of the ammonia still is remote
from manufacturing centres, then this will be reflected in a higher
installation cost.  Piping lengths, instrumentation and pump requirements
will vary from one installation to another, causing a variation in price.
Also, the operating flow of a still may differ from its design flow rate,
which would give a higher than expected cost.

      It appears that the material for the still structure does not account
for a major portion of the total capital cost.  The data labelled 7, 8, 9,
10 and 11 on Figure 5 were obtained from an ammonia still manufacturer and
are the manufacturer's estimates of the material cost for the still
structure,  including the internal trays and the dephlegmator, but do not
account for the costs of labour, or any pumps, piping, chemical handling
equipment or instrumentation.  In some cases, this can account for a
significant portion of the total capital cost of a still installation,
particularly if extensive piping, (which is very labour intensive)  is
involved.  Plant 8, which has an estimated cost of $750,000 for the
construction material for the still structure only, has the same capacity
as Plant 5, for which a total capital cost of $6M was quoted.  In this
case, the material used in the still structure accounted for 12.5% of the
total capital cost of the installation.

-------
                         AL COpT
                      OF AMMONIA BllLLlS
                      V8 DESIGN [FLCJW pATlE
                               500         1000         1500
                                Design Flow Race C (L/min)
-Figure 4 - Capital Cost of Ammonia Stills as a Function  of  Design Flow
            Rate

       The total cost of installation of the ammonia  still at  Plant A in
 1971 was $1,000,000.  The designer of the still quoted the  cost  of
 materials for the still structure itself, including  the  internals and the
 dephlegmetor as $80,000.  The balance of the cost included  engineering fees,
 labour and the cost of installation of the lime handling system,  and all
 other equipment, pumps, controls and piping related  to operation of the
 still.  In this case, the material cost of the still  structure accounted
 for only 8% of the total capital cost quoted for the  installation.  The
 data labelled W, X and Y give lower costs for a complete ammonia stripping
 installation that the cost which were provided by a manufacturer for
 construction materials for the still structure and the dephlegmator only,
 hence these costs are discounted from this analysis.

       A linear regression was carried out on the available  data  which
indicated that the cost of materials for the still structure itself can be
approximated by  the equation:
       Material Cost = $101,160 + $542 (C)
       (where C is the design flow in litres per minutes).

-------
       Other costs presented in Figure 5 include those quoted in a
Bethlehem Steel study*, and those of a plant running a caustic system.
The Bethlehem Steel System consists of overliming the still feed, which  is
settled in a clarifier prior to introduction to the fixed leg of the still.
In this design, the  free leg of the still is no longer necessary thus it
results in a capital cost saving.  All costs have been converted to
December 1981 Canadian dollars for comparative purposes.

       The costs of both the Plant A and Plant B caustic systems are
approximately $2.80 per cu.m of wastewater treated and that of the current
Plant A system, are slightly less, at $2.52 per cu.m.  The costs for the
conventional lime system at Plant A were developed based on information
received from the plant operator, and include the increase in clean-out
costs associated with using a conventional lime system at this plant, but do
not take possible increases in steam requirements into account.  The cost
of treatment with a conventional lime system is estimated at $3.88/cu.m of
wastewater treated.  When Bethlehem Steel introduced the pre-liming system,
they quoted the cost of conventional lime treatment at $2.92 US/cu.m and
the cost of the pre-liming system as $1.68 US/cu.m.  Converting these figures
to December 1981 Canadian dollars gives high costs for both systems.
However, a rate of inflation of 1% per month has been assumed during the
period June 1977 to December 1981, which may be unreasonably high, as the
costs associated with lime treatment may not have risen by 54% for that
period.  The result of converstion to December 1981 Canadian dollars is that
the Bethlehem Steel figures for both a conventional lime system and a pre-
liming system are considerably higher than the Plant A figures for similar
treatment  systems.  The differences in cost can be partially explained by
the fact that some of the steam used in Plant A is free, whereas Bethlehem
Steel charged for all steam in its study.  Also, the Bethlehem Steel
conventional lime system used a steam rate of 240-360 g/L of wastewater
treated, whereas the Plant A conventional lime system cost was based on a
usage of 200 g/L of wastewater.  No information was available on steam
usage at Plant A prior to the installation of the clarifier ahead of the
fixed leg.  It is possible that steam usage was higher with a conventional
lime system, however, this was not taken into account in the estimated
treatment cost which asssumed current steam usage rates.  The major cost of
the conventional lime system in the Bethlehem Steel report is the cost of
steam, which accounts for 80% of the total operating costs.

       The clean-out costs cited by Bethlehem Steel for the conventional
lime system are much lower than those incurred by Plant A, when it used for
a conventional lime system, and are slightly lower than Plant A current
clean-out costs after a conversion to the modified Bethlehem system, however,
* Rudzki, E.M., _e_t _§_!., An Improved Process for the Removal of Ammonia
  from Coke Plant Weak Ammonia Liquor.  Iron and Steelmake, June 1977.

-------
these  costs  are  a small percentage of total operational costs.  The
information  in the. Bethlehem paper did not include for- the cost of operators
for the  plant,  or for the  extra costs of disposing of the increased quantity
of lime  sludge generated by the system which uses more lime than a
conventional system,  hence the  operating costs quoted in their paper do not
take into  account some of  the items covered in the Plant A cost breakdown.

      The major advantage of the Bethlehem Steel system is the saving
in steam costs,  as the study found that steam consumption was reduced by
55% by the design changes  described previously.   The Bethlehem paper states
that a steam rate of  130 g/L is adequate for their modified system, whereas
Plant  A, which operates a  similar system,  has found that a steam rate of
200 g/L  is required to achieve  an effluent containing less than 100 mg/L of
ammonia.   The difference in the designs of the fixed leg of both units may
account  for  the  lower steam requirements.

      It  should be stressed that the costs of both chemicals and steam will
vary from  one plant to another, so that it is sometimes difficult to compare
quoted operating costs directly.

                                CONCLUSIONS

(1)   A certain level of  equalization of  coke plant effluents is absolutely
      necessary, and can  be considered either before and/or after ammonia
      stripping.  It is most effective before both ammonia stripping and
      biological oxidation, as it would provide  an influent of reasonably
      constant  quality to both of these units.   In this work, the advantages
      of  extended equalization/retention  periods have been discussed but
      not quantified.  If space  is not readily available at a site,  the
      cost  of large  equalization/retention periods in terms of land usage
      may  not  be justified.  In general,  the capital cost of
      equalization/retention is  relatively high.

(2)   Dissolved air  flotation  is a compact system with reasonable capital
      and operating  costs,  which can be used effectively with or without"
      addition  of chemicals to remove oil,  tar and a portion of the COD
      from  coke plant effluents.  This method of pretreatment would
      improve the performance  of both the  ammonia still and the biological
      system, but would not be justified  after reasonably long equalization
      periods.   It is most  appropriate at  plants where space is severely
      limited,  and it can act  as a supplement to equalization basins"with
      low detention  periods.

(3)   At  a  daily wastewater flow of 750 cu.m the cost of dissolved air
      flotation is equivalent  to the cost  of 1.5 days equalization
      capacity,  excluding land costs.  At  higher wastewater flows, the
      cost  of dissolved air flotation is  less significant in terms of
      equalization capacity.  Therefore,  the decision to consider
      dissolved air  flotation  will vary with the size of plant in question.

-------
(4)     At present,  there does not appear to be a technological substitute
       for steam ammonia stripping,  which is the most feasible method for
       removing large quantities  of  ammonia from wastewater.   This method
       has high capital and operating costs.  Steam costs  are the greatest
       component of the operating costs  of an ammonia still,  therefore
       research should be directed at optimizing still design to minimize
       steam usage.

(5)     The operating costs of modified lime ammonia stills are much lower
       than those of conventional lime systems and appear  to  be slightly
       lower than those of a caustic system. ,For this reason, if a
       conventional lime system is in place at a plant,  it is advisable
       to install a clarifier to  reduce  the solids loading on the fixed leg
       of the still and thus greatly reduce .the  numberof cleanout operations
       required.  The investment  required to modify the  conventional lime
       system would soon be repaid by the savings in operating costs.
       However, at  slightly higher operating costs,  a caustic still may
       prove to be  a more reliable and efficient system than  a modified
       lime still.

-------
The work described in this paper was  not  funded by the U. S. Environmental
protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the views  of
the Agency and no official endorsement  should be inferred.
           DEVELOPMENT OF A ROTATING-BIOLOGICAL-CONTACTOR FOR THE
        REMOVAL OF AMMONIA FROM BLAST-FURNACE RECYCLE-WATER SLOWDOWN

     by:  K. C. Krupinski and  P.  H.  Damon
          United States Steel  Corporation
          Research laboratory
          125 Jamison Lane
          Monroeville, PA  15146

                                  ABSTRACT

     Proposed Federal regulations have  established effluent contaminant
limitations on discharges from blast-furnace gas-cleaning recycle-water
systems.  To meet the proposed limits  for ammonia, the major contaminant,
the blowdown from these systems may  require treatment.  As a part of the
development of alternative processes for the discharge-water treatment, a
supported-growth biological method for  the  oxidation of ammonia was inves-
tigated.  An extensive program with  a  pilot rotating-biological contactor
was conducted for about one year  at  the U.  S. Steel Lorain-Cuyahoga Works
in Lorain, Ohio.  The pilot unit  contained  commercial-sized 12-foot-
diameter disks and was operated over a  wide range of influent water condi-
tions, with ammonia-nitrogen concentrations averaging 329 milligrams per
litre (mg/A).  Reductions in ammonia-nitrogen concentrations to 1 mg/Jl were
achieved with the process demonstrating excellent resistance to simulated
failure conditions along with  the potential for low maintenance and a low
level of operator attention.
                         BACKGROUND AND INTRODUCTION

     During the manufacture  of  iron in the blast furnace, large quantities
 of flammable gas are produced.   The gas has a heating value of about 80  Btu
 per cubic foot and contains  about 25 volume percent carbon monoxide, 3 per-
 cent hydrogen, 12 percent  carbon dioxide, and 60 percent nitrogen.  '   The
 gas also contains entrained  dust that must be removed before the  gas can be
 used as a fuel.  The wet scrubbing used to clean the gas results  in the
 introduction of various contaminants, such as ammonia, into the process
 water.

     The Clean Water Act of  1972 mandated a two-phase reduction in  the
 amount of contaminants discharged with the blast-furnace gas-cleaning
 process water.  The iron and steel industry complied with the requirements
  See References.

-------
of the first phase by recycling  the  blast-furnace gas-scrubber and cooling
water, thereby substantially reducing  the  amount of water and contaminants
discharged.  The next phase in the contaminant-reduction program must be
implemented by 1984 and will require treatment of the blowdown from the
blast-furnace recycle-water systems.  The  gas-scrubbing and recycle-water
system is illustrated in Figure  1 .

     Currently the Environmental Protection Agency recommends the use of
alkaline chlorination for the treatment  of blast-furnace recycle-water
blowdown.  However, alkaline chlorination  is a costly and complex process
which has potential chlorine-handling  problems.  A much simpler and less
expensive alternative treatment  would  be the biological oxidation of the
contaminants, but the standard suspended growth process cannot be used
because the ammonia-converting organisms are slow growing and would be lost
from the treatment tank.  In the present investigation this problem was
solved with the rotating-biological  contactor (RBC) unit which provides a
support for the organisms.

     An RBC consists of a series of  closely spaced circular polyethylene
disks (media) fixed to a horizontal  shaft  mounted across a tank with about
40 percent of each disk submerged in the wastewater.  The shaft is continu-
ously rotated at about 1.5 revolutions per minute and a biological slime
(biomass) grows on the media by  using  the  contaminants present in the
wastewater as food.  Aeration is provided  by the rotating action, which
repeatedly exposes the disks to  the  air  after contacting them with the
wastewater.  Excess biomass is sheared off in the tank where the rotating
action of the media maintains the solids in suspension so they can be
transported from the RBC unit.

     Although this process has been  developed primarily for the oxidation
of ammonia, the major contaminant in blast-furnace recycle water, other
biologically oxidizable contaminants such  as cyanate, cyanide, and phenol
can also be removed by the RBC process.   However, contaminants which are
not biologically oxidizable, such as heavy metals, may require a separate
chemical treatment.

     The bacteria responsible for the  oxidation of ammonia-nitrogen (NH^-N)
to nitrate-nitrogen (NO3-N), collectively  called nitrifiers, consist of the
genera Nitrosomonas and Nitrobacter  . '  The oxidation of ammonia to nitrate
is a two-step sequential reaction as follows:


                                            +  4H+ +  20
                   2NO    + 00              2
                      £.      £,                 -J


 Nitrosomonas oxidizes  ammonia  to nitrite (NC^") and Nitrobacter oxidizes
 NO,' to nitrate  (NO3~).   The overall oxidation reaction can be written
                                     -2-

-------
                                                 —  • - — Blast Furnace Off-Gas
                                                             Recycled Scrubber Water
Solids -* ---

                                   Hot Welt
Cold Well
                                      i
                                      t
   i
   i
   t
                                   Slowdown to Treatment

        Figure 1 Blast-Furnace Gas Scrubber Recycle Water System
                                                                            Clean Gas
                                                                            For Fuel
                                                                            Make-Up
                                       -3-

-------
                NH + + 202	^N03~ +  2H +  H2°


     Assuming that the empirical formula  for the  bacterial cells is
       ,  the  overall synthesis and oxidation reaction is '


        NH4+  + 1.83 02 + 1.98 H003~	-0.021  C^NO  +


                1.041 HO + 0.98 NO ~ +  1.88 H  CO


From this equation it can be calculated  that for  each pound (Ib) of NH3-N
oxidized the  following are required:

          1)    7.14 Ib of alkalinity, as  calcium  carbonate (CaCOo), to
               neutralize the acid produced.

          2)    0.72 Ib of alkalinity, as  CaCO,, to provide a carbon source
               for bacteria growth.

          3)    4.18 Ib of oxygen for the  oxidation reaction (the oxygen is
               obtained from the air via  the rotating disk).

     To develop design data and evaluate  the costs of the RBC system, U. S.
Steel Research operated a pilot-scale RBC at the  Lorain-Cuyahoga Works,
Lorain, Ohio  for about 1 year.  The results of  the study are presented in
this paper.

                          MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

     A single full-sized RBC unit,  for which the  specifications are summa-
rized in Table 1, was used in the study.   The pilot unit contains the same
type of 12-foot-diameter polyethylene disks that  are used in a full-scale
RBC.  The only major difference between  the pilot- and full-scale units is
the amount of surface area available for  biomass  growth.

     The disk system used in the pilot unit is  shown in Figure 2 before
installation  in the 2800-gallon tank, and the fully installed RBC is
pictured in Figure 3 along with the RBC  effluent  clarifiers.  The disks are
shown uncovered in Figure 3 but during portions of the pilot study the
disks were covered with polyethylene sheeting to  prevent heat and water
loss due to evaporation.  The RBC tank is divided into four cells, each
holding 700 gallons of water, which can  be operated in a series of stages
or in parallel depending on the position  of the valves located on the feed-
line manifold.  The flow to the unit was  controlled by metering pumps.

     A typical flow pattern through the  RBC is  shown in Figure 4.  The
first three cells were usually operated  in series and the fourth ceil was
                                     -4-

-------
                        TABLE 1.  PILOT RBC SPECIFICATIONS
         Media (disks):  Diameter -  12  foot
                         Material  -  Polyethylene  with carbon black
                                     UV  inhibitor
         Cells:          4

         Tank Volume:    2,800  gallons;  700  gallons/cell

         Disk Rotation:  1.5 rpm
                TABLE  2.   RBC ANALYSES - FREQUENCY AND METHOD


Once a day

a.   pH - Orion Model 701  Digital pH meter
b.   Dissolved oxygen - Orion Model 97-06 Oxygen Electrode
c.   Temperature - Tel-Tru Dial Thermometer, Range  0  to  180°F
d.   Conductivity - Markson Model 10 Portable  Conductivity  Meter
e.   Alkalinity - Titration with  0.03N HCl  using brom cresol  green - methyl
     red indicator
f.   Free cyanide*
g.   Ammonia-nitrogen**
Twice  a  week**

a.   Nitrite - nitrogen
b.   Nitrate - nitrogen
c.   Phosphate
d.   Thiocyanate
e.   Chemical oxygen  demand
f.   Cyanate
g.   Cyanide, total
h.   Phenol
i.   Total  suspended  solids
j.   Volatile suspended  solids
 Once a week

 a.    Hardness - Titration with ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid

  •American Iron and Steel Institute Method.
 "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, U. S.
   Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-6000/4-79-020, March  1979.
                                     -5-

-------
          Di* AMMnbly Died
          in Pilot Rotating-
          Biological Contactor

          Figure 2
Pilot Rotating-
Biological Contactor

A - Drive Motor
B - Effluent Trough (Treated Water)
C - Clarifiars (Modified 55-gallon Drums)
D - Manifold Flow-Control Piping

Figures
               -   6  -

-------










Blast-Furnace
Recycle-Water
System
Water Cell NC-.
Sodium Car- 1
bonate & 1
»^PhosphateJ
^S^^^X^ Stages


i Cell
pH Controller I- 	 *•



,,
1
I
1st

•
I

t_


f"
2
1 1
2nd

A


_J
niarifia

~f
3
1 1
3rd

i
1

1 '
r

\
i
\


,




r
1
1


,


r










                                                     *-To Sewer
                 Figure 4 Schematic of RBC Flow Pattern
NH,-N CONCENTRATION, mg/t
    500
    400
    300
    200
    100
 I      I      l      i      I
NH,-N in Influent (to First Stage)
           NH3-N in RBC Effluent (from Third Stage)
                    20           40          60
                            ELAPSED TIME, days
                                             80
         Figure 5 RBC Demonstration Test-NH3-N Concentration in RBC
                 Influent and Effluent (3-Stage Operation)
                                -7-

-------
operated independently.  The pH  of  each cell was independently  controlled
at 7.2  by means of a pH controller  and a sodium carbonate solution  pump.
Phosphoric acid was added to the sodium carbonate solution to provide
phosphorus, a required nutrient.

START-UP

     To initiate the growth of the  biomass, the RBC was seeded  with sludge
from a coke-plant biological-treatment facility.  The unit was  filled  with
plant-service water to which was added 10 milligrams per litre  (mg/Jl)  of
NH3-N as ammonium hydroxide and  100 gallons of the biological sludge.   A
mixture of blast-furnace recycle-water blowdown and river water  was then
metered to the RBC.  The initial concentration of blowdown in the service
water was  10 percent, and as the biomass developed, the percentage  of
blowdown was gradually increased to 100 percent over a three-week period.
During the first 15 days of start-up,  a portion of the RBC effluent was
recycled to return any nitrifiers lost in the effluent and to enhance  the
seeding process.

ANALYSES

     Analyses of the RBC influent and  effluents were performed  on grab
samples except for influent NH-j-N,  which was determined on a 24-hour
continuously composited sample.   The only parameter continuously recorded
was pH; all other analyses were  performed once a day, twice a week,  or once
a  week, as indicated in Table  2.

                             DEMONSTRATION TEST

     An 87-day demonstration test was  conducted during the pilot testing
program.   The purpose of the test was  to duplicate, as closely  as possible,
the conditions that would be expected  to exist in a full-scale  RBC
facility.  The RBC influent was  taken  from the cooling-tower hot well;
cells  1, 2, and 3 were operated  in series; the disk assembly was covered
and insulated; and the influent  flow was maintained at a fairly  constant
rate.  The NHo-N concentrations  in the influent to stage 1 cell  and
effluent from stage 3 cell are plotted in Figure 5, and the averaged test
data are summarized in Table 3.

     During the demonstration  test the NH3~N concentration in the RBC
influent varied between 190 and  520 mg/£ and the average NH3~N  content of
the RBC effluent was 1.1 mg/Jl.   No equalization of the RBC influent was
provided during the pilot study, but a tank providing concentration equali-
zation would be a requirement  in a full-scale facility.

     As shown in Table 3 the NH-j-N, thiocyanate, cyanate, and free  cyanide
were almost completely converted to nitrate.  The alkalinity of the
influent was consumed, and additional  alkalinity as ^2(203 was  added during
the demonstration test to neutralize the acid produced.  The hardness  did
not decrease, indicating no scaling or calcium precipitation, and the
dissolved  solids increased because of  the addition of NaCO.   The
                                     -8-

-------
       TABLE 3.   RBC DEMONSTRATION-TEST-DATA SUMMARY*
                 THREE-STAGE SERIES FLOW


Water Temperature, *F
pH, SU
Alkalinity, mg/Jl Ca003
Hardness, rag/i CaCO,
... umhos-3
Conductivity, •e= : 	
cm
Dissolved Oxygen, mg/t
Ammonia-nitrogen mg/1
Nitrite-nitrogen, mg/t
Nitrate-nitrogen, mg/t
Thiocyanate , mg/t
Cyanate, mg/t
Cyanide, Refractory, mg/t
Cyanide, Free, mg/t
Cyanide, Total, mg/t
Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/t
Phosphate, mg/t
Phenol, mg/t
Total Suspended Solids, mg/t
Volatile Suspended Solids, mg/t
Total Dissolved Solids, rag/t
RBC**
Influent
101.
7.48
554.
1250.
6320.
1.6
329.
0.6
0.6
2.2
32.
0.5
0.5
1.
110.
0.4
0.06
76.
13.
3400.
RBC
Effluent
82.
7.21
35.
1270.
6840.
5.0
1 . 1
1.2
342.
0.01
0.5
0.2
0.01
0.2
56.
4.6
<0.006
14.
7.
5700.

*Values averaged over the 87-day test period.
•From cooling-tower hot well of blast-furnace recycle-water
 system.
TABLE 4.  RBC  DEMONSTRATION TEST DISTRIBUTION OF AMMONIA-,
          NITRATE-,  AND NITRATE-NITROGEN IN THE RBC STAGES
                           Concentration,  mg/t
      NH3-N
       N02-N
       N03-N
Influent    Stage 1    Stage 2

 329.        138.         22.

   0.6        46.         35.

   0.6       157.        279.
 Stage 3
(Effluent)

    1.1

    1.2

  342.
                             -9-

-------
phosphate content  increased because phosphoric acid was added  to  the Na2C03
solution to provide phosphorus.

     The distribution  of  NH-j-N,  NO2-N, and NO-j-N in the three  stages is
shown in Table 4.  Note the decrease in NH-j-N and NO2~N and  the increase in
N03-N in stages  1  through 3.   The higher concentration of  NH^-N in  stages 1
and 2 inhibited. the conversion of NC>2~ to NO3~ by Nitrobacter  and NO2
accumulated.  '   The distribution of the various forms of nitrogen in the
RBC influent  and effluent is shown in Table 5.  The data in  the table show
that 96 percent  of the nitrogen present in the RBC influent  is derived from
NH3 (3% from  cyanate and  1% from nitrite, nitrate, and cyanide),  whereas
97 percent of the  nitrogen in the RBC effluent is present  in the  form of
nitrate (2% of the nitrogen is incorporated into the biomass).

EFFECT OF MEDIA  SPACING

     Two types of  plastic media are available from an RBC  manufacturer—
standard-density with  about 7/8-inch spacing between the disks and  high-
density or nitrifying  media with about 1/2-inch spacing.   The  standard-
density media are  normally used in applications in which a thick  biomass is
developed such as  in the  conversion of carbonaceous materials  in  a
municipal-sewage treatment plant.  Because nitrifying bacteria do not
develop as thick a biomass as organisms that convert carbonaceous mate-
rials, the closer-spaced  media can be used for nitrification.  The  nitri-
fying media provide 50 percent more surface area per given shaft  length
than standard-density  media;  that is, a 26-foot-long shaft with 12-foot-
diameter disks will provide 100,000 and 150,000 square feet  (ft2) of
 surface area  with  standard-density and nitrifying media, respectively.

     The pilot RBC came  equipped with standard-density media and  these were
used in cells 1, 2, and  3 during the entire test program.  To  determine
whether the nitrifying media are compatible with blast-furnace recycle
water, the media in cell  4 were replaced with nitrifying media about half-
way  through the  pilot  study.  The nitrification rates obtained with the
 nitrifying media were  comparable to rates achieved with the  standard-
 density media.   At the end of the pilot study, sheets of standard-density
 and  nitrifying media were removed, and both were found to  have a  uniform
 coating of biomass over  the entire surface of the sheet.   Therefore, the
 nitrifying media performed satisfactorily and are recommended  for use in a
 full-scale facility.

 SHAFT-WEIGHT  INCREASE  AND POWER CONSUMPTION

     The shaft weight  was measured about twice a month by  using  load cells.
The  load cells were placed under the two shaft bearings, and the  shaft
weight was measured with  the disks rotating and static.  The cumulative
 shaft-weight  over  an  11-month period is shown in Figure 6; both  rotating
 and  static weights are plotted.  The weight of the disks and shaft
 increased steadily from  5200 to 6800 pounds over the  11-month  period.  For
 about half the period, cell 4 was operated with standard-density  media,
 then with high-density nitrifying media which contain  50 percent  more
                                      -10-

-------
TABLE 5.  RBC DEMONSTRATION  TEST DISTRIBUTION OF NITROGEN
                     (weight percent)

NH3-N
NO2-N
NO3-N
SCN-N
CNO-N
CN-N
Biomass
Influent
96.20
0.16
0.19
0.16
3.10
0.19
"
Effluent
0.32
0.36
97.33
<0.02
0.05
<0.02
1.94
          TABLE 6.  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF BIOMASS
                        (Dry  Basis)
                C, wt %                 25.7
                H                        3.9
                N                        2.2
                P                        1.7
                Fe                      14.8
                Ca                       2.9
                Na                       0.7

                Volatile Matter         49.4
 TABLE 7.  COMPARISON OF ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS  OF  BIOMASS
           TO THEORETICAL COMPOSITION

                         Composition  of      Theoretical
                         Volatile Matter    Composition
                               wt  t              wt t

   C                          52.0                51.7

   H                           7.8                 6.0

   N                           4.4                12.1

   P                           3.4                 2.6

   0 (by difference)          32.4                27.6
                         -11-

-------
                         6800
                        6400
             SHAFT
             WEIGHT,    6000
                Ib
                         5600
                         5200
             Rotating
             Disks

      Nitrifying Media
      Installed in Cell 4
l  l  l  l  I  I  l  l  i  I
                             0    24    6    8    10   12
                                   ELAPSED TIME, months

                            Figure 6 Increase in Pilot RBC-Shaft Weight
SHAFT WEIGHT, Ib

    7000
    6600
    6200
    5800
                                            l
                    40          80         120

                              ELAPSED TIME, days
                           AVERAGE BIOMASS
                           THICKNESS, mm
                    160
                                  0.51
                                                                     0.40
                                                                     0.28
                                  0.19
200
          Figure 7  Shaft Weight With Nitrifying Media in Cell 4 (Weight Measured
                  While Disks Rotating)
                                      -12-

-------
sheets of plastic per given length of  shaft than standard-density media.
The shaft weight increased about  180 pounds because of the extra sheets of
media, and this increase is shown in Figure 6.   The shaft weight with
nitrifying media is plotted in Figure  7  and a line of best fit, which was
derived by using least-squares linear  regression, is shown.

     Also indicated on Figure 7  is the average  biomass thickness calculated
from the weight increase and surface area of the media.  Cell  1 media had
the thickest biomass, estimated  to be  about 1 millimetre (mm), but only an
average thickness can be calculated  from shaft  weight because  all four
cells are on the same shaft.

     The curves in Figure 6 show a steady increase in biomass  growth during
the 11-month period, with no sign of a leveling off in weight  gain.
Reports in the literature,  '   indicate  a maximum nitrifier thickness of
about 2 mm when the biomass growth rate  and biomass sloughing  rate are
balanced.  Therefore, at the growth  rates shown in Figure 7, the shaft
weight would show a steady  increase  for  an additional two or more years.  A
steady increase in the nitrification rate would not be expected because
photomicrographs of the biomass  showed that the viable organisms are mostly
at the surface of the biomass  (see section on biomass characterization).

     The power consumption  of  the electric motor that rotated  the shaft was
measured daily with a voltmeter  and  an ammeter.  The average power consump-
tion remained fairly constant  at about 1500 watts and showed no tendency to
increase, even though the shaft  weight increased about 1600 Ib.

CHARACTERIZATION OF BIOMASS

     Samples of the biomass were scraped off the disks and the chemical
composition was determined, Table 6.   The biomass contained 91 percent
water, and 49 percent of the dry biomass was volatile.  In Table 7 the
carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, phosphous, and oxygen contents of  the volatile
portion of the biomass are  compared  with the theoretical composition   of
nitrifying bacteria; except for  the  nitrogen content the agreement is good.

     Samples of the biomass were also  sent to the University of Alabama in
Birmingham, Department of Biology, for characterization by electron micros-
copy.  '  Electron photomicrographs of  the bacteria responsible for
oxidizing NHo to NO2~, Nitrosomonas, and the bacteria that oxidize N02~ to
N0j~,  Nitrobacter, are shown in  Figures  8 and 9, respectively; note the
difference in membrane structures between Nitrosomonas and Nitrobacter.

     A small section of media  and biomass (about 0.5 square inch) was cut
from a disk and electron micrographic  cross-sections (3750X) of the biomass
were taken at various depths.  Figure  10 represents the edge of the biomass
farthest from the plastic media, and Figure  11  represents the  biofilm
closest to the media, intermediate areas were also examined.   An overview
of all the sections indicates  that the population density of healthy,
intact bacterial cells appears highest on the outer edge of the biofilm,
Figure 10.  The amount of cellular debris and degree of cellular disruption
                                     -13-

-------
FipmS
Figures
            Electron Micrograph
            of RBC BiomMS
            Nrtrotomonas Europaea
                 Electron Micrograph
                 of RBC I
                 Nil
                  0.1 jrni
                      0.1 KIN
                                                                  ,   »
                                                                  ;   '
                                                                   .-
                                                                                       •'^   "-i  '    '


                                                                 Figure 11
               Electron Micrograph of
               RBC Bkmass Section
               Farthest from Media
             Electron Micrograph of
             RBC Braman Section
             CkMMtto Media
                                                                                        ion
                                                  -  14  -

-------
Figures
Figure 9
           Electron Micrograph
           of RBC BJomws
           Nitrosomonas Europaaa
                 Electron Micrograph
                 of RBC Bwman
                 Nrtrobacter
                  0.1
                      0.1 Jim
                                                                  v-

                                                                          «-.  •*.
                                                                    'i
                                                                 I

                                                                                           >    ,*
                                                                                                        -
                                                                                                  I     -
                                                                                              •  %-*e*
                                                                                               *   "  •'"*
                                                                                                 ,i* t
                                                                                                     '   '
                                                               Figure 11
               Electron Micrograph of
               RBC Biomass Section
               Farthest from Media
             Electron Micrograph of
             RBC Bmmass Section
             CkMKt to Media
                                                 -  14  -

-------
appears to increase inward toward  the  disk surface.   This is probably  due
to the lack of availability of nutrients  and oxygen  on the inside of the
film.

CLARIFICATION OF RBC EFFLUENT

     Over the period of the pilot  study,  the blast-furnace recycle-water
blowdown contained about  100 mg/&  of total suspended solids (TSS) and  about
15 mg/£ of volatile suspended  solids  (VSS), whereas  the effluent from  the
third stage contained about 26 and 12  mg/Jl of TSS and VSS, respectively.
In the event that the RBC effluent should require further clarification,
clarifier and pressure-filtration  tests  were conducted.

     Because the suspended-solids  content of the RBC effluent is variable,
a clarification test was  conducted over  a six-week period.  During this
period, the effluent from cell 3 was diverted to a small clarifier constructed
from a 55-gallon drum.  During this period cells 1,  2, and 3 were operated in
series (influent •*• cell 1 ->• cell 2 > cell 3 •*• clarifier ->• sewer) and after
steady-state operation was achieved, samples of the  RBC influent and
effluent from each cell and the clarifier overflow were analyzed for TSS
and VSS.  The results of  this  test are summarized in Table 8.  The average
TSS concentration in the  RBC influent  was 170 mg/A,  the TSS in the RBC
effluent (stage 3) was 13 mg/Jl, and the  clarifier overflow contained 6 mg/A
of TSS; no flocculating polymer was added during this test.

     Pressure filtration  was also  investigated; the  tests were conducted in
a 4-litre Dicalite bomb filter press with and without filter aids.  The
results of the pressure-filtration tests are summarized in Table 9.  The
tests demonstrated that a filtrate containing less than 5 mg/JJ. of TSS  can
be obtained at a high filtration rate  of about 1.4 gallon per minute per
square foot for an 8-hour cycle.

     It was found that the RBC effluent  can be easily clarified.  The
choice of a specific clarification method will be a  function of the TSS
discharge limit and the type of sludge desired.

EQUIPMENT-FAILURE SIMULATION

     During the pilot study, the RBC  and ancillary equipment were carefully
maintained and operated;  consequently  there were no  equipment failures of
long duration.  In a full-scale facility with  10 or  more RBC units,
failures of various systems lasting 12 to 24 hours may be possible.
Possible areas of failure are  (1)  loss of the sodium carbonate solution
pumps, (2) loss of disk rotation,  and  (3) loss of influent flow.  These
possible conditions were  simulated to  determine their effect on the biomass
and nitrification, especially  how  the  biomass recovered from the shock
caused by the failure.

     The sodium carbonate solution pump was shut off for 24 hours to one
cell of the RBC, while influent flow  and disk rotation were maintained.
The pH of the water in the RBC cell dropped from the normal 7.2 to 6.4 and
                                     -15-

-------
                    TABLE 8.  CLARIFICATION OF RBC EFFLUENT
         	Average Solids Concentration, mg/t	
                                                  RBC
             RBC                                Effluent    Clarifier
           Influent      Stage 1     Stage 2    (Stage 3)   Overflow
         TSS*    VSS**  TSS   VSS   TSS   VSS   TSS   VSS   TSS   VSS

          170     16     30    12    16     5    13     6     6     2
         •TSS - Total Suspended Solids
        **VSS - Volatile Suspended Solids
             TABLE 9.  PRESSURE-FILTRATION TESTS ON RBC EFFLUENT*

Solids Concentration,
rag/ 1
Test Conditions
Test
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pressure ,
psig
5
5
5
5
5
5
Temp . ,
OF
58
74
70
75
75
58
Filter
Aid**
Superaid
Superaid
Speedplus
Speedplus
5000
5000
Before After
Filtration Filtration
TSS
20
18
10
14
41
20
VSS
9
9
6
8
11
9
TSS
8
11
<0.5
2
6
4
VSS
2
7
<0.5
2
4
4
Filtration Rate***
4-hr
Cycle,
gpm/ft2
0.41
0.80
1.35
2.19
1.89
0.62
8-hr
Cycle,
gpm/ft2
0.24
0.152
0.80
1.37
1.07
0.35
  •Using 4-litre Dicalite filter press.
 ••Filteraids (Dicalite, Grefco, Inc.)!
        Superaid - low clarity, relative-flow-rate rating  1  (fast)
        Speedplus - medium clarity, relative-flow-rate rating 7
        5000 - high clarity, relative-flow-rate rating 20.5  (slow)
•••Extrapolated to 50 psig operation.
                                     -16-

-------
the nitrification rate decreased  about  50  percent during the outage.  After
the pump was restarted, about 72  hours  were  required for the nitrification
rate to return to normal.  The  24-hour  outage  was probably a "worst case"
simulation because the pH dropped significantly within one hour of the pump
failure and in a full-scale  facility  a  pH  alarm would alert the operator to
the problem.

     The disk rotation was stopped for  23  hours, and about every 6 hours
the disks were rotated for four revolutions  to keep the biomass moist (the
biomass will die if allowed  to  dry out).   During the stoppage, the alka-
linity, pH, and NH-j-N all increased because  of loss of nitrification, but
the effect was temporary and nitrification returned to normal after disk
rotation was resumed.

     The flow to one of the  cells was stopped  for 36 hours, while normal
rotation and pH control were maintained.   Once residual NH^ in the cell was
converted, nitrification ceased but resumed  immediately when the flow was
restarted.  Therefore, depriving  the  biomass of any food for 36 hours does
not appear to harm the bacteria.   During the demonstration test, the final
stage received very little NHo  for over a  week with no apparent damage to
the biomass, which confirms  the results of this failure-simulation test.

                                 CONCLUSIONS

1.   The pilot RBC successfully treated blowdown from the lorain-Cuyahoga
     Works blast-furnace recycle-water  system.  During an 87-day demon-
     stration test, the NH^-N concentration  was reduced from 329 to 1 mg/£.

2.   Both standard-density media  and  closely spaced high-density nitrifying
     media were tested and both were  satisfactory.

3.   The shaft weight increased 1400  Ib due  to biomass growth, but the
     power requirement to rotate  the  disks did not increase.

4.   The RBC effluent contained about 25 mg/£  of TSS and could be further
     clarified by filtration or sedimentation.

5.   Various equipment failures were  simulated (loss of alkalinity control,
     disk rotation, and influent  flow)  with  no lasting effects on the
     biomass.
                                     -17-

-------
                                 REFERENCES

1.   The Making, Shaping, and Treating of Steel 9th  edition,  H.  E.  McGannon,
    editor,  United States Steel Corp., Pittsburgh,  1971.

2.   L.  D.  Benefield and C. W. Randall, Biological Process  Design for Waste-
    water  Treatment, Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs,  New Jersey,
    1980,  p. 218.

3.   Process  Design for Nitrogen Control, United  States  Environmental
    Protection Agency, October 1975, pp. 3-2, 3-3,  and  4-49.

4.   A.  C.  Anthonisen, R. C. Loehr, T. B. S. Prakasam, and  E.  G.  Srinath,
    "Inhibition of Nitrification by Ammonia and  Nitrous Acid,"  Journal
    Water  Pollution Control Federation, Vol. 48, No.  5, May  1976,
    pp. 835-852.

5.   C.  P.  C. Poon, ^t al_., "Upgrading with Rotating Biological  Ctmtactors
    for Ammonia Nitrogen Removal," Journal Water Pollution Control
    Federation, Vol. 53, No. 7, July 1981, p. 1162.

6.   K.  Ito and T. Matsuo, "The Effect of Organic Loading on  Nitrification
    in RBC Wastewater Treatment Processes," Proceedings, First  National
    Symposium/Workshop on Rotating Biological Contactor Technology
    (Champion, Pennsylvania, February 1980), Vol. II, University of
    Pittsburgh, June 1980, p. 1169.

7.   J.  J.  Gauthier and D. D. Jones, University of Alabama  in Birmingham,
    Department of Biology, private communication, 1981.
The material in this paper is intended  for  general  information only.  Any use
of this material in relation to any  specific  application should be based on
independent examination and verification  of  its  unrestricted availability for
such use, and a determination of suitability  for the  application by profes-
sionally qualified personnel.  No  license under  any United States Steel
Corporation patents or other proprietary  interest is  implied by the publi-
cation of this paper.  Those making  use of  or relying upon the material assume
all risks and liability arising from such use or reliance.
                                    -18-

-------
     Although the research described in this paper has been funded wholly or
in part by the U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, it has not been sub-
jected to Agency review and therefore does not necessarily reflect the views
of the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.


                EFFECTIVE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
                   FOR WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS IN THE
                           IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRY

     by:  William F. Kemner - Assistant Director, Engineering Division
          Richard T. Price - Environmental Engineer

          PEDCo Environmental, Inc.
          11499 Chester Road
          Cincinnati, Ohio  45246
                                  ABSTRACT

     This paper presents some of the results of a current study of operating
and maintenance (O&M) practices for wastewater treatment systems in the iron
and steel industry.   The purpose of the study is to document effective O&M
practices and how their application might affect permit parameters and
operational upsets.   The ultimate goal of the study, which is funded by the
Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory (Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina) of the Environmental Protection Agency, is to produce an O&M
report that will assist both agency inspectors and plant personnel.

     The wastewater generating processes selected for study were byproduct
cokemaking, ironmaking (blast furnaces), steelmaking (basic oxygen furnaces),
hot forming, and acid pickling.  Selections were based on pollutant load-
ings, system complexity, control costs, and commonality among the majority
of integrated steel mills.

     Information was gathered from several sources:  a literature search for
wastewater-related O&M practices in the iron and steel industry, discussions
with state and regional agency personnel to identify major areas of concern
and effective O&M practices, review of agency files, discussions with waste-
water treatment equipment vendors, and discussions with industry representa-
tives .

     Various steel mills were visited, and treatment plant operators and
environmental staff members were interviewed.  The information produced by
these visits includes typically encountered problems and their solutions,
troubleshooting efforts, extent of operator training, efforts to minimize
the effect of operational upsets, and preventive maintenance practices.

     The study will culminate in the preparation of a report intended to
provide a better understanding of wastewater problems in the iron and steel
industry, to help agency inspectors to be more effective in evaluating the
effect of O&M practices on wastewater treatment performance, and to provide
information that will assist plant personnel in practical and cost-effective
fine-tuning of their systems.

-------
                                INTRODUCTION

     Because the depressed production levels in the iron and steel industry
made it more difficult than expected to schedule plant visits, the study is
not yet complete.  Therefore, this paper describes some of the findings to
date and is limited to discussion of effective O&M management practices,
some problems with effective O&M practices for example treatment system
components, and sampling and self-monitoring data.

     In general, the authors were favorably impressed with the operation and
maintenance of the 12 treatment systems examined to date.  No system was
without its problems (varying in nature and severity) but none of the sys-
tems seemed inadequate.

     Most of the effective O&M practices described in this paper are exam-
ples of actual practices observed at several steel mills.  The information
was collected by interviewing treatment system operators and maintenance
personnel.  The plant's environmental department made provisions for us to
visit the plants and coordinated the visits with various O&M supervisors and
operators.  Every plant was most cooperative.

         EFFECTIVE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES -
                          TREATMENT SYSTEM GENERAL

     Effective O&M practices at a wastewater treatment system are those that
can keep the system operating at its optimum (hopefully design) performance
with minimal downtime.

     It is management's responsibility to initiate and maintain an O&M plan.
Although most of the following O&M practices (i.e., communication, operator
training, staffing, recordkeeping, preventive maintenance, and treatment
system auditing/evaluation) are probably implemented in some degree at all
plants, their effectiveness depends on the degree to which they are prac-
ticed, how carefully they are practiced, and whether they are fine-tuned
periodically (if necessary) to achieve optimum effectiveness.

     Our plant visits have shown that the management organization for water
pollution control has much to do with successful communications and with
obtaining the cooperation necessary to solve problems expeditiously.  Gener-
ally, the management structure at the plants visited was as follows:

     0    The utilities (power and fuels) department is responsible for
          operating the wastewater treatment systems.

     0    The process department, which is responsible for the steel mill
          process operations, assumes at least part of the responsibility
          for delivering wastewater to the treatment systems.

     0    The environmental department keeps all pertinent personnel informed
          of current and expected water regulations that will have an impact
          on the plant.  This department serves as a go-between for the
          plant's pollution control section of the utilities department and
          the regulatory agencies and is responsible for all correspondence
          with the agencies.

-------
     Table I shows a breakdown of which departments actually operate or
maintain the process wastewater treatment systems at the plants visited to
date.

         TABLE 1.  DEPARTMENTS THAT OPERATE AND MAINTAIN WASTEWATER
                     TREATMENT SYSTEMS AT VISITED PLANTS

                                   Utilities     Process    Environmental
                                   department   department    department

Blast furnace
Coke plant:
Biological treatment
Ammonia still
Hot strip mill:
Scale pits
Clarification/sedimentation
BOF

0
2

1


1
4
3
11
M
1

1



1
1
4
0


1
2

3


6
M
1

1
2

4
3
2
13
0 M








0 0

     Observation of the workings of these departments (particularly process
and utilities) indicates that pollution control needs are met most effective-
ly when the utilities department has both a maintenance staff and an oper-
ating staff.  It also appears to be advantageous for some equipment that has
typically been operated by the process department (e.g., scale pits) to be
operated instead by the utilities department, or that a strong spirit of
cooperation exist between process and utilities departments.  This is espe-
cially important when the operation of the control equipment is greatly
affected by the operation of the process equipment (e.g., coke byproduct
plants).  For example, an effective situation at one coke plant involves a
byproducts engineer and a process supervisor (responsible for the biological
treatment system) working hand-in-hand.  This arrangement is effective
because both are in the same department and have a common goal—the optimum
performance of the byproducts plant/biological treatment system.

     When a utilities department does not have its own maintenance staff and
has to rely on maintenance help from production departments, there is compe-
tition for maintenance resources.  If production needs are greater, chances
are good that the pollution control department will have to wait until
maintenance personnel are available.

     An alternative to the utilities department having its own maintenance
staff is to have operators perform some of the day-to-day maintenance, such
as routine equipment oiling/lubrication and minor pump repairs.  This ap-
proach seemed to work at one plant.  With the burden of routine maintenance
taken off the maintenance department, they are able to make time for larger
repair jobs requested by the utilities department.

-------
COMMUNICATION

     Proper communication is essential to effective O&M.  Figure 1 illus-
trates effective and ineffective communication structures, both of which
were noted during the plant visits.  In the effective system, all personnel
connected in some way to the generation of wastewater and its treatment have
good communication lines.  In the plants visisted, most of the treatment
systems were operated by the utilities department, so the utilities super-
visor is a key person in making the communication system work.

     In the example shown, strong two-way communication lines are required
between the utilities supervisor and his operators and maintenance personnel.
Frequent contact must exist between the supervisor and operators to keep the
supervisor posted on the day-to-day operation of the treatment systems.  We
noted direct communication between operators and supervisors  (face to face
or by telephone) anywhere from once an hour to once a shift.  Indirect
communication (use of logs, records, computer terminals) occurred at about
the same frequency.

     Effective communication allows the utilities supervisor  to stay on top
of things and to make decisions more quickly when a problem arises.  Frequent
communication seems to make the operators realize the importance of their
jobs.  Only through effective communication ties between operators, super-
visor, and maintenance personnel can problems be brought to the attention of
the necessary parties.  These open communication lines also allow discussion
and consideration of alternate solutions to problems.

     The utilities supervisor also must maintain frequent and effective
communication with the lab to be kept abreast of analytical results.  These
results are indicators of treatment system performance that can be communi-
cated up or down the management ladder as required.

     Good communication lines also should be established between the utili-
ties supervisor and the environmental supervisor to keep the  latter informed
regarding how well the plant's treatment systems are operating and whether
problems have arisen that have caused or could cause outfall  excursions.
The environmental supervisor must also have an open line to the lab super-
visor and to the utilities supervisor.  The latter needs to know how treat-
ment system problems can affect an outfall, how the regulatory agencies may
react to certain situations, and what new regulatory developments are occur-
ring that will affect him.

     Another important communication line is that between the utilities
supervisor  (or his operators) and the process supervisor  (or  his operators)
so that process problems or significant changes affecting water quality and
quantity can be relayed to the treatment system operating department as
quickly as possible.  Intermediate action often can be taken  at the treat-
ment plant to reduce the possibility of a treatment system upset  (e.g.,
diversion of spilled material or slug to a holding basin).

-------
                                   AGENCY
                             ENVIRONMENTAL
                               SUPERVISOR
           PROCESS  rC
          SUPERVISOR
                                          AGENCY
                                   SUPERVISORx'l
                                                             LAB
                                                           RESULTS
                                                                  PROCESS  |-^»
                                                                 SUPERVISOR
ENVIRONMENTAL  |- -I
                   'sv
                I
                1    *'
              M'
                    UTILITIES
           j? ^y SUPERVISOR
                    POLYMER
                 REPRESENTATIVE
                                                                   LAB
                                                                 RESULTS
                            MAINTENANCE

                         PROCESS DEPARTMENT
   OPERATOR

TREATMENT PLANT
                                        INEFFECTIVE
MAINTENANCE              OPERATOR

          TREATMENT PLANT

            EFFECTIVE
Figure 1.   O&M communication  structure.

-------
OPERATOR TRAINING

     Proper and adequate training of operators is very important for effec-
tive operation of a wastewater treatment system.  The operators need to know

     0    How their systems operate and how to handle routine daily problems.

     0    What pollutants are being removed and where they are destined to
          go (sinter plant, landfill, recycle).

     0    Where the treated water goes.

     0    How the steel mill depends on them (directly for return of needed
          water, or indirectly from potential regulatory action).

     0    What daily routines must be followed.

     0    What to do during emergency situations.

     An effective operational practice at one plant was a personalized
examination prepared by the operating supervisor and given to the operators.
Although this test was not required by the plant or given by other operating
supervisors within the plant, the supervisor we interviewed was convinced
that it was necessary for his own assurance that the operators knew how to
handle essentially all conceivable situations.  It should be mentioned that
requiring operators to take exams is not popular with the union; however,
there are ways to test operators within contract guidelines.

     After talking to various operators, we were convinced that those who
were present at system startup and had the benefit of receiving thorough
training by the equipment manufacturers were good, well-trained operators.
Subsequent generations of operators seemed to have received less formalized
training or practically none at all.

     An effective operational practice, therefore, is to ensure that new
operators receive the same level of training as the "startup" operators.  If
this is not possible, a practice found to be effective is to have a process
supervisor (for the process whose wastewater is going to treatment) show the
operators the source(s) of wastewater and explain the process variations
that can affect the flow rate and the quality of the wastewater.  Also, a
representative of the plant's environmental department should explain the
importance of effective operation and the role of the environmental depart-
ment.

     Another useful aid that some operators had developed involved simpli-
fied schematics of their equipment and/or overall treatment scheme.  These
diagrams were usually much less complex than those in the O&M manuals pro-
vided by the design engineers.

LOGS/RECORDKEEPING

     Good logs and recordkeeping are effective O&M tools.  Our plant visits
indicated that current practice varies from maintaining  essentially no

-------
records to recording numerous parameters every two hours.  It would be
difficult, if not impossible, to recommend a standard record sheet and
logging frequency for a particular treatment system because operations vary
greatly from plant to plant and system to system.  The variables depend on
management philosophy, who the logs benefit, the necessity of the recorded
data, the degree of instrumentation for a given system, etc.

     Nevertheless, it can be said that at those plants observed to have
well-operated systems the operators made a practice of logging in key oper-
ating parameters on a periodic basis.  In addition, the operating super-
visors at these plants review the logs for abnormal conditions and initiate
followup action.  In other words, the logs were not taken to lie idle.
Examples of log sheets (blanks) that were used effectively at two plants are
shown in Figures 2 and 3.

     Collected data also are useful for plotting certain parameters versus
time to show trends.  This can be very effective in showing how process
changes affect water quality of the influent to a control system, how con-
trol system changes or a new polymer affect outlet water quality, or how a
new equipment installation affects outfall water quality.  It is frustrating
to search through reams of logs and records (Figure 4) to try to understand
what effect a change had on something.

     The use of records to plot trends did not appear to be a common prac-
tice at any of the plants visited (even though the systems were well oper-
ated for the most part); however, such plots can be very effective in
illustrating a point to process, utilities, and environmental supervisors
and to regulatory agency personnel.

     A process supervisor at one plant was able to use data that he had
plotted to convince plant management there would be fewer permit excursions
and less process equipment downtime if a preventive maintenance (PM) sche-
dule were followed.  Figure 5 shows a section of the plotted data.  For each
peak (excursion above control limit), the process supervisor reviewed main-
tenance work orders and was able to write down the cause of the excursion.
In doing this over an approximate two-year period, he saw a trend in equip-
ment breakdowns or pluggages vs. the excursions.  This information enabled
him to prepare a preventive maintenance schedule (Figure 6), which was
implemented by management and has proved to be very effective.

     Most plants have log sheets they have developed for their systems.
Although none was seen in the plants visited, another effective tool that
the authors have seen in use outside the iron and steel industry is the
inclusion of a control chart with maximum and/or minimum parameter values
shown on the log sheet so the operator can circle exceeded values.  This
forces the operator to know what the acceptable operating range is; it also
provides his supervisor a quick visual aid for ascertaining where deviations
from the normal range have occurred.  Taking this further, a deviation or
exception report can be prepared periodically (e.g., weekly or monthly) to
show the supervisor how the system has been operating.

-------
 FILTER QPEMTQK
      
 I—
r
                                                        11-T
                                                                      •11
   TIME
           IOUIMENT

             M

            MKVtCI
   •*t«ATINO  O • T »
                    i!
            E .
                            »ILT«« C««C  QUALITY
8 ;
II
   SUMP
                                         •eCMCNTS CHAMOCD
                                                             MODS CHANCED
   fTART OF TUHN
    END or TURN
 •
 e
 U
Figure 2.   Example of log  sheet -  vacuum filter.

-------
o
A
T
I









I*
11
»
13
14
n
<•
IT
»
It
»
>1
n
n
14
n
M
IT
n
2t
JO
31
WASTE LIQUOR ANALYSIS M.IM • mv «M j
BIOLOGICAL OXIDATION PLANT
FEED
LKMJOft
*H































MM,
































al
































1MB-
CV«t
































»J
torn































AERATION TANKS
SUSPENDED
SOLIDS PPM
SW































SE































NW































NE































SET.
TEST
%































SVI































VOLATILES
WEIGHT %
SW































SE































NW































NE































CLANIFIEN
OVERFLOW
pH































HH3
1-,.,.-.
IPP«"I































a)
lpp-»l































TMo.
CTMI
Ippm































1.1.
Wml































,


nix-
•KM
(••ml
































Wsls^it
l«l
































•.«T
IO«T*I
































COMMENTS































Figure 3.  Example log sheet - biological treatment system.

-------
                    WRONG
Figure 4.  Effective use of records.
                                                      TREATMENT PLANT BULLETIN BOARD
RIGHT

-------
       500
g   400
t-i
i
§   300
S
o
f  200
       100
                                                        CONTROL
                                                        LIMIT
                                                                          PM PROGRAM  INITIATED
                            10
                                    15
20        25
   WEEKS
30
35
40
45
Figure 5.  Ammonia still performance.

-------
ITEM
TRAY NO. 1
TRAY NO. 2
LIME LEGS
SEPARATOR
SLAKER WATER
VALVE
CONTROL VALVES
NO. 1 pH
NO. 2 pH
RETURN LIQUOR
NO. 1 LEVEL
NO. 2 LEVEL
BIO. PLANT
LIQUOR TO
CLARIFIER
UNDERFLOW
OVERFLOW BOX
JAN.



A




A






FEB.




A

A


A
A


A

MAR.


A
4
A


A
A





A
APR.
A


i


A


A
A


A

MAY




A


A
A



t

A
JUNE



A


A


A
A

i
A

JULY







A






A
AUG.


A
A


A

A
A
A


A

SEPT.

i





A
A





A
OCT.

k




A


A
A


A

NOV.







A
A





A
DEC.






A


A
A


A

Figure 6.  Example of annual preventive maintenance schedule.

-------
STAFFING

     Obviously, proper operation of a treatment system requires a sufficient
number of operators (and assistants and helpers) with clearly defined job
functions.

     The systems at all the plants visited under this study were well staffed
In fact, a few of the systems could have been properly operated with one
less operator.  At one plant, however, an efficient operator had to devote
all of his time to manually controlling the treatment system (filtration
plant).  Had this operator been responsible for areas other than the filtra-
tion plant, the filters would have plugged and the system would have been
damaged and/or solids in the filter effluent would have increased drama-
tically.

TREATMENT SYSTEM AUDITING

     Results of this study indicate that most plants have proceeded from
permit negotiation to system design to routine operation without ever having
stepped back to take an overview of their situation.  As in any ongoing
operation, the individuals involved are too busy with day-to-day concerns to
take time to assess their overall system.  One person is aware of some of
the problems and another person knows of other problems, but they seldom
have the opportunity to exchange notes.  A formal O&M audit had not been
performed in any of the plants visited, and none was planned.  One company
that we have not visited is currently performing such a study on their own,
however.

     We would suggest that audits or self-evaluation programs be implemented
periodically (e.g., annually) by a plant team or an outside consultant.
When the evaluations reveal less-than-optimum conditions, corrective action
should be taken with followup to ensure that approved suggestions have been
carried out.

              EXAMPLES OF PROBLEMS AND EFFECTIVE O&M PRACTICES
                      WITH TREATMENT SYSTEM COMPONENTS

SCALE PITS

     Although scale pits are one of the least sophisticated and low-profile
treatment technologies, they play a key role in the performance of hot strip
mill (HSM) treatment plants.  The scale pit performs three functions:
1) initial removal of floating oil and scum, 2) equalization of flow and
temperature, and 3) sedimentation of heavy solids.

     In every plant, excessive oil from the mill is a common occurrence.
The oil skimming arrangements often have difficulty keeping up.  Even after
the skimming, oil containment and handling operations are major activities.
Apparently, the cost of oils, greases, and hydraulic fluids for the mills  do
not yet justify the cost of spill and leakage control at the source.  Treat-
ment plant operators are resigned to the oil problem and do the best they
can to cope with it.  Oil carryover into deep-bed filters, for example,
decreases filter efficiency, increases backwash frequency, and inhibits  good
cake formation in the vacuum filter.
                                     13

-------
     Equalization is an important function because the demand for water at
hot strip mills is highly variable, changing dramatically each time a slab
is rolled.  Scale pit capacity must be large enough to dampen these varia-
tions while still holding as level as possible.  If the level gets too high,
the pit may overflow to a blowdown; if the level is too low, the oil skim-
mers may be less effective (depending on design) and settling time is
decreased.

     The solids removal efficiency of a scale pit is dependent on the effec-
tive retention time.  If the pit fills up with scale, or if level is main-
tained too low, removal efficiency decreases and the solids removal burden
on downstream treatment modules increases.  Several plants reported in-
creased solids loadings out of the pit during scale removal activities.  It
is advisable to clean the pits during downtimes or have divided pits.  Some
plants use flight conveyors, but high maintenance caused one plant to dis-
continue this approach in favor of clam shelling.

     Adequate attention to scale pit operation is advisable to decrease the
burden on the remainder of the treatment system.  In general, problems in
the front end of a treatment system tend to be magnified and become progres-
sively more difficult to rectify as they proceed through the system.

DEEP-BED FILTERS

     On first consideration, deep-bed filters on hot strip mills appear to
be relatively simple and reliable.  One such filtering system was observed
for about a day, however, and 22 O&M related problems were observed, as
summarized in Table 2.  In fairness to the particular plant, the filter
effluent was crystal clear and was meeting permit parameters.  The mislead-
ing part of this example showing 22 problems and few if no permit excursions,
however, was the operator attention required.  The operator was constantly
busy observing changing flow conditions and pressure drops across the filters,
and manually controlling flows, backwashing cycles (scrub, high-rate rinse),
valves, and pumps.  He also had to constantly monitor scale pit level.  In
this system, the absence of a hard-working, above-average operator would
have been disastrous.

CLARIFIERS

     One of the most common maintenance problems with a clarifier is a
plugged sludge line as a result of such items as hardhats, tools, and gen-
eral trash.  When these items sink, a rake moves them into the sump at the
bottom of the clarifier and they plug the sludge line.  Also, sludge that
becomes too dense will cause pluggage problems.  The best way to minimize
this problem is to design the sludge lines so they can be cleaned easily.
Some facilities provide a tunnel around the sludge line so the maintenance
man will have access to the entire length of the line.  Another technique is
to install two sludge lines so that if one becomes plugged, the other can be
used.  At some installations a wire mesh or some other barrier has been
installed across the top or on the sides of the  clarifier to prevent large
objects from falling in.  Anytime the clarifier  is drained for maintenance,
the sludge sump should be inspected thoroughly before the unit is put back
on stream to ensure that no miscellaneous items  (e.g., nuts, bolts) were
left there by maintenance personnel.
                                      14

-------
          TABLE  2.   PROBLEMS  OBSERVED ON HSM DEEP-BED FILTRATION

 1.   Flow meters  inoperative
 2.   One  of  12  filters  out of  service  over several months
 3.   Oil  skimmers in  scale pit unable  to handle all the oil
 4.   Vacuum  filter system inoperative  (and no installed spare)
 5.   Frequent backwashing due  to sludge returned to pit
 6.   Automatic  backwash not functional—manual backwash required
 7.   Little  communication between HSM  and treatment plant
 8.   No log  book  maintained
 9.   Samples taken once every  two weeks
10.   Maintenance  needs  communicated verbally
11.   No maintenance logs
12.   Separate electrical and mechanical maintenance
13.   System  highly operator-dependent
14.   Excessive  oil from HSM into scale pit
15.   No inspection of filters  conducted
16.   Possible for collected oil to overflow back into pit
17.   Pit  level  control  dependent on operator attention
18.   No preventive maintenance program
19.   More frequent plugging of filters closest to inlet—distribution problem
20.   Good cake  formation hindered by oil in vacuum filter
21.   No spare parts inventory  available to maintenance—kept by engineering
22.   Lack of adequate communication; responsibilities divided among operations,
     utilities, engineering, and environmental departments
                                      15

-------
     Debris in the clarifier can also jam the rake.  Rake failure also can
be caused by mechanical problems such as a section of the rake falling off
or the rake getting out of balance and scraping the bottom of the clarifier.
If the sludge is not pumped away rapidly enough or its composition changes
so that it becomes denser, it can create enough resistance to stop the rake.
When the sludge is not removed, it builds up in the clarifier and eventually
overflows the weir, creating a dirty effluent.  Also, the vacuum filter may
not operate well on dilute sludge.

     Most clarifier rake drives are equipped with a torque meter set to
sound an alarm at a certain level (e.g., at 75 percent of full torque) and
will automatically shut down at a higher level to prevent the motor from
burning out.  One facility installed a microswitch that recorded each time
the rake made a full revolution.  This switch was wired to a timer, and if
the rotation time of the rake became excessive, it would automatically stop
the rake drive and sound an alarm.  Another safety factor that is sometimes
built in is an automatic rake-lifting device.  This lifting action will
sometimes free the rake from what was restricting its motion.

     The condition of the clarifier feed can be checked with a simple settling
test.  The test performed by most of the plants visited consists of putting
a sample of clarifier feed in a graduated cyclinder or Imhoff cone and
noting the sludge level after a certain time.  At two plants, the clarifier
feed was considered to be satisfactory if the sludge level was between 25
and 30 ml.  Although this test does not give an absolute measure of settling
rate, it is a good check for relative settling rates and will detect an
upset in the system.  If a plant adopts such a test and takes this measure
every few hours, a problem in the clarifier feed can sometimes be detected
before it leads to a major upset.

     The turbidity in the clarifier overflow should be checked frequently.
None of the facilities we visited had what they considered to be a satisfac-
tory continuous turbidity measuring device on the clarifier overflow.  None
of the instruments tried was reliable.  In the absence of such an instrument,
the operator should manually pull a sample of clarifier overflow and do a
lab check on the turbidity.  If a satisfactory turbidity meter is found,
such manual checks should still be made occasionally to ensure that the
instrument is operating properly.

     A visual inspection of the clarifier will tell the operator if the
sludge level is getting near the overflow weir.  The operator should also
check to be sure the effluent flow over the clarifier perimeter weir is
uniform.  If the flow over one portion of the weir is greater than over
another portion, the increased velocities can create turbulence.

     If all the factors mentioned above have checked out and the clarifier
effluent is dirty, the clarifier may be operating at too high a feed rate.
The actual feed rate should be checked against the design feed rate.  If  the
feed rate and the area of the clarifier are known, the liquid rise rate can
be calculated.  If the feed rate is excessive, there may not be a simple
solution.  This condition usually results from the treatment plant having
been underdesigned initially or the occurrence of plant expansions after  the
treatment plant was designed.  Usually the only solution to this problem  is
                                      16

-------
to add another clarifier.  If the treatment plant uses multiple clarifiers,
it may be that the flow is not being diverted equally to the clarifiers.  In
this case, the reason for the uneven flow must be found and corrected.

     A more subtle reason for poor clarifier performance may be a change in
the feed composition or a problem with the polymer being used,.  It is apparent
that the use of polymers is both common and effective in many steel wastewater
treatment systems.  Most plants leave much of the responsibility for the
polymer program (mixing and addition systems) up to the chemical supplier.
Whereas this practice appears to be satisfactory in most cases, periodic
formal review of the program is recommended, both to control chemical costs
and to review the effectivenes.  The flocculation and settling performance
of the clarifier feed can be checked by using standard jar test apparatus.
These test parameters are approximate, and the test is most useful if a
benchmark test is available that was run during a period of good clarifier
operation.  A bad polymer can be found by using this test to compare the
polymer being used,in the clarifier with a fresh batch of polymer made up in
the lab.  After the settling rate has been determined, some of the liquid
can be siphoned from the jar for a suspended solids analysis.  The suspended
solids level should approximate the clarifier overflow, although again this
is most useful as a comparative test against the benchmark test.

     If the solids being settled in the clarifier come from a scrubber such
as those used for basic oxygen furnaces, the problem may be an increased
level of fines in the water due to the way the furnace is operating.  These
fines, which are scrubbed out and sent to the clarifiers, make settling more
difficult.  Settling can sometimes be improved by switching polymers.

     Most clarifiers in BOF treatment systems are preceded by a (primary)
separator (e.g., cyclone).  If the cyclone malfunctions or is bypassed, it
will increase the solids loading on the clarifier.

AMMONIA STILLS/BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT

     Some of the effective O&M practices observed at two plants include the
following:

     0    Caustic is now used in the ammonia stills at one plant rather than
          lime.  The still used to plug up frequently, creating fluctuations
          in the ammonia concentration of the wastewater to the treatment
          system.  With the use of caustic, problems with the ammonia stills
          are minor.

     0    The lime plugging problems at the other plant were minimized by
          improving the lime slaking operation.   (The plant experimented
          with caustic and found it to be very effective for good still
          performance with good ammonia reduction; however, cost of using
          caustic vs. lime was several times greater, so the plant decided
          to use lime.)  They try to maintain an optimum lime slaking tempera-
          ture of approximately 95°C, and have a lime crush size of minus
          1/4 inch (75-80% through screen).  They also try to maintain a
          purchased lime quality of >95% calcium oxide.  The lime slurry  is
          continuously cycled from the lime slaker tank to the ammonia
          still.  A bleed line from the loop to the still supplies the lime
          to the stills as needed.
                                      17

-------
    0    Large tanks preceding the bio-oxidation basins  serve  as  equaliza-
         tion tanks at one plant and as  surge  tanks  at the  other  plant.
         Lime carryover from the still settles in  the surge tank  and is
         periodically pumped out with a  vacuum truck.  The  level  in the
         equalization tank is recorded continuously  on a strip chart.

    0    At both plants, conditions at the bio-oxidation basin are  monitored
         frequently to observe any changes that could cause system  upsets.
         Phenol, ammonia, pH, thiocyanate, and total suspended solids  are
         sampled and analyzed at least daily.   Both  plants  maintain their
         basin temperatures between 26°  and 30°C,  not allowing it to vary
         more than 2° or 3°C during any  season.  One plant  logs aeration
         basin temperatures every two hours throughout each day;  the other
         plant measures temperature continuously.  Temperatures are adjusted
         with coolers or live steam as required.   Influent  flow is  also
         measured and recorded.

    0    Phosphoric acid is used as a nutrient in  the aeration basins.  The
         amount used is adjusted to give a desired phosphate residual.
         (The plants reported 1 to 10 ppm.)

    0    Both plants add service water in amounts  required  at  the basin
         influents to equalize the inlet concentrations  to  get maximum
         performance from the microorganisms.

    0    Normal foaming that occurs in the biological treatment systems is
         controlled at one plant by adding an  antifoam agent at each aerator.
         Water sprays are used to break  up foam at the center  well  of  the
         clarifier (following the bug pond) at the other plant.

    0    An amp meter is used effectively at one plant to indicate  clari-
         fier rake amperage.  It is normally 25 to 30 amps  and is checked
         on a log sheet every two hours.  Deviations from this range are
         cause for quick action.

    0    Sludge recycle rates are monitored closely  and  solids settling
         tests  (with Imhoff cones) are performed every two  to  four  hours at
         the plants.  No sludge is wasted at either  plant.

    Some conditions that could cause upsets to the biological  treatment
system  are  as follows:

    0    Low phosphate residual level due to pump  malfunction, inadequate
         amount of phosphoric acid added, or frozen  lines.

         Excessively high ammonia concentrations into the system  because of
         a breakdown in the ammonia still.

         Loss of dilution water.  This could result  from pump  malfunction
         or from experimenting in optimizing the amount  of  dilution water.

         Change in temperature above or  below  optimum range due to  fouling
         or breakdown of heat exchangers.
                                      18

-------
     0     Loss of an aerator.   If prolonged, this can cause bugs to die as a
          result of low dissolved oxygen.   This also causes the water tempera-
          ture to rise, as the aerators provide cooling.

     Effective O&M practices at the plants have minimized the potential of
upsets;  e.g.,  frequent checks on phosphate residual, good communications
between  ammonia still operator and treatment plant operator, constant checks
on temperature, and monitoring of aerator performance.

                            SELF-MONITORING DATA

     Another aspect of the study included analysis of self-monitoring data
for NPDES permits.  Data were collected on approximately 35 steel mills, an
average  of roughly two years of data at each mill.  The excursions and
reported causes were usually in letter form, which had to be reduced to
summary  quantitative form.  Figure 7 shows the frequency of upsets by pollutant
The data show that the three most troublesome excursions involve oil, solids,
and pH.   This is at least partially attributable to the fact that they are
the most commonly monitored.  The qualitative reasons for excursions were
categorized based on judgment selections of a reasonable number of categories.
The resultant data are shown in Table 3.  The most frequently cited causes
are generally categorized as leaks, housekeeping, and operator error.  We
hope to  subdivide this category further into more specific causes later in
the project.

     Our evaluations of self-monitoring data have led us to conclude that
plants freely report excursions, causes are often not known or reported,
frequency of excursions exceeds that contemplated by guidelines, inadequate
design is rarely cited as a cause, and there is no single dominant cause for
excursions.

     Nonrepresentative sampling is given as a cause for permit excursions in
15 percent of the cases examined from noncompliance data at state offices.

   TABLE 3.  REPEATED CAUSES OF EXCURSIONS, BASED ON SELF-MONITORING DATA

                                                  Percent
          Leaks/housekeeping/operator error         35
          Non-representative sampling               15
          Equipment malfunction                     11
          Maintenance/shutdown                      10
          Hydraulic overload (mostly rain)           6
          pH/polymer control                         4
          Freezing conditions                        4
          Sludge dewatering/handling                 3
          Process variation                          3
          Design                                     1
          Other                                      8
This includes samples taken at the wrong location, contaminated samples, and
inadequate or faulty analytical methods.  Although this is the second highest
cause of excursions in the self-monitoring data, none of the plants visited
cited any of the above factors as a major problem.
                                      19

-------
    <_>
    X
JOU
320
280
240
200
160
120
an
40
n
••^

»s=
Ul
CO
0
5
_J
•—I
o

CO
o
1— 1
o
CO

Q.

CYANIDE

»— 1
—

2. """"
-D ar uj UJ
f- o ° Q
Jj QC 3 ^-t •-< Ul
f*i !• • *j ^j ^5 ^3 ^"^ ^™


Figure 7.  Frequency of excursions, by pollutant, based on self-monitoring data.

-------
                           SAMPLING AND MONITORING

     Measurement of flow and maintenance of automatic samples, although
traditional problems in the wastewater field, were not cited by the plants
as a major area of concern.  Flow monitoring is generally not accurate,
however.   At one plant, none of three relatively new flow meters was working,
but this  was an exception.

     In general, the operation and maintenance of the treatment system take
place at  one level and the  NPDES monitoring and reporting take place at an
entirely  different level, with very limited interaction.  In most cases, the
operators have developed their own sampling and monitoring programs and key
indicators for their own use in running the plant.  The actual outfall
monitoring and permit matters, however, are conducted by the environmental
department.  The two activities go on rather independently, and it is diffi-
cult to relate O&M practices quantitatively to permit upsets.

     The  high maintenance requirements of pH probes and on-line analytical
monitors  seem to be universal.  Some plants use frequent (once or more per
shift) grab measurements of pH and do not really rely on the pH instrumenta-
tion.  Some attempt is made to maintain, clean, and repair pH probes on a
frequent  basis (once/2 weeks), but this is a continuing battle.  At one
installation, two pH probes are used and an alarm is activated based on a
differential signal.  The probes are then examined to determine which is
faulty.

     On-line analyzers, such as those for ammonia, cyanide, and oxygen
reduction potential (ORP),  suffer the same shortcomings as the pH systems.
Most were not working, probably because they are such a high maintenance
item and the plants seem to meet permit conditions without them.

     Bubbler tubes for level control are used in many locations and apparent-
ly work well with little maintenance.

     In general, it appears that sophisticated monitoring and instrumen-
tation equipment does not work reliably without unrealistically high mainte-
nance requirements.  On the other hand, most plants have found simple reli-
able monitoring techniques  that enable them to meet their permit conditions
without relying on the sophisticated instrumentation.

                                 CONCLUSIONS

     The  general highlights of the plants visited to date are the high
degree of operator know-how and job interest, the high degree of system
monitoring to maintain performance, apparent concern and interest in pollu-
tion control, good attention to visual inspections, well-staffed depart-
ments, and cooperative attitude and willingness to share information.

     The  general areas of concern are lack of communication between process
operators and water treatment operators; competition between treatment plant
and production process for maintenance resources; performance of pH monitor-
ing, on-line analyzers, and flow measurement devices; hydraulic balance;
excessive oil from rolling mills; high maintenance required on lime-based
ammonia stills; debris in clarifiers/tanks/open-top containers; and lack of
detailed  maintenance records.
                                       21

-------
     This report will produce more conclusions and data as it continues for
another two months and one or two more plant visits are made.  All of the
current information plus the newly collected data will be evaluated and
included in a final report at the end of January.

                               ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     Without identifying plant names, as was agreed upon from the onset, the
authors would like to express their sincere appreciation to the corporations
that participated in this study.   All have been very cooperative in providing
up to a week of time and usually  involving several people.  The collected
information is invaluable to the  success of the project and will be used to
generate a final report intended  to benefit both plant and agency personnel.
                                      22

-------
                                   DISCLAIMER

Although the research described in this paper has been funded wholly or in
part by the U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, it has not been subjected
to Agency review and therefore does not necessarily reflect the views of the
Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
NITRIFICATION KINETICS AS INFLUENCED BY COKE PLANT .WASTEWATERS

by:  Ronald D. Neufeld, PI
     Professor of Civil Engineering
     University of Pittsburgh
     Pittsburgh, PA  15261

     Jeffrey H. Greenfield
     Graduate Research Assistant
     University of Pittsburgh

                                ABSTRACT

     The overall objective of this research is to conduct basic
studies into possible causes of biological nitrification process
instability as often observed in steel industry wastewaters,
and in a longer term, to propose rational and pragmatic process and
operational alternatives for nitrification in two sludge and one-
sludge combined systems.  The experimental approach taken to date
is to evaluate the influence of elevated free ammonia levels, pH,
elevated temperatures, cyanides, and certain trace organics that tend
to pass through the carbonaceous reactor zone on the kinetic parameters
that quantify nitrification.  Theoretical calculations based on
laboratory defined parameters are made which yield suggestions as
to allowable concentrations of trace inhibitors, and operational
strategies for stable nitrification of coke plant waste waters.
INTRODUCTION

     There are many "advanced wastewater" treatment processes based on
physical-chemical and biological techniques for the removal of wastewater
ammonia, however, usually these processes are not often employed in industry
due to economics, marginal overall! removal efficiencies, and questionable
technological application to specific industrial operations.  Of the
processes available for the removal of ammonia from steel industry waste-
waters, engineered biological systems are the most pragmatic.  Data from
steel industry and other industrial operations indicate that a properly
designed and operated biological nitrification facility is capable of
reducing ammonia levels to less than 10 mg/L over extended periods of

                                    1

-------
time.   Biological nitrification processes, however, are known to exhibit
unaccounted  for upsets,  and thus are considered in some industrial sectors
as unreliable.

     This  research investigated possible causes of biological nitrification
process instabilities as currently observed in coke plant and other
industrial plant wastewater treatment facilities.  Nitrification process
instability  can occur as a result of toxic inhibition as caused by an inter-
action of  organics,  free ammonia, elevated temperatures, pH, complexed
and free cyanides, phenolics as well as by nonbiodegradable organics that pass
through carbonaceous removal stages.

     From  laboratory data obtained on studies of nitrification process
instability,  conclusions with engineering calculations are presented to
illustrate design and operational considerations enabling industry to meet
EPA effluent restrictions for ammonia-nitrogen and phenolic compounds.  The
conditions utilized in this study were aimed at specifically assisting the
coke plant segment of the Iron and Steel Industry.

     Table 1 summarizes  the BAT limitations, a technology level to be
implemented  by July 1, 1984 and the prior BPT effluent limitations for the
Iron and Steel Industry  and may thus be considered as the goal to be met
by the industry.
OVERVIEW OF RESULTS

     Experimental results to date show that unionized ammonia acts as a
toxic inhibitor at levels in excess of 10 mg/L unionized ammonia.  Quantifi-
cation of the influence of unionized ammonia on biokinetics yields an
expression similar to classical substrate inhibition models.  Suggestions
are made as to pH controls for systems treating high levels (greater than
250 mg/L) of total ammonia or systems experiencing large variations of
total ammonia. (1).

     Nitrification biokinetics are highly sensitive to elevated temperatures
with rates of nitrification increasing as temperature increases to a
maximum at about 30 C,  beyond which the overall rate of nitrification
decreases.  Suggestions were made as to a pragmatic temerature range to
assure stable nitrification in commercial sized facilities.  (2).

     Free cyanide (CN ) was the most toxic inhibitor investigated.  Con-
centrations of free cyanide greater than 0.11 mg/L must be avoided for
stable operation of biological nitrification processes.  (3).

     A comparison of the toxic effects of coke plant tar acid phenolics
showed that this substance was of greater toxicity to nitrifiers than
reagent grade phenol on an equal phenol concentration basis.  The apparently
more severe toxicity of the coal tar acids may be due to a few substances

-------
                                   TABLE  1

   EFFLUENT LIMITATION GUIDELINES FOR THE BY-PRODUCT  COKEMAKING
            SUBCATEGORY OF  THE  IRON AND STEEL  INDUSTRY(a)
                                BAT EFFLUENT  LIMITATIONS
     POLLUTANT
     PARAMETER
Ammonia-N
Cyanide
Phenols  (4 AA-P)
Benzene
Naphthalene
Benzo(a)pyrene
MAXIMUM FOR ANY 1 DAY
AVERAGE OF DAILY VALUES
FOR 30 CONSECUTIVE DAYS
Discharge Load
(Kg/kkg)
(lbs/1000 Ib)
0.0543
0.00638
0.0000638
0.0000319
0.0000319
0.0000319
Discharge
Cone.
mg/l(b)
65.1
7.6
0.08
0.04
0.04
0.04
Discharge Load
(Kg/kkg)
(lbs/1000 Ib)
0.0160
0.00351
0.0000319



Discharge
Cone .
mg/1
19.2
4.2
0.04



                                BPT EFFLUENT  LIMITATIONS
TSS
Oil and  Grease
Ammonia-N
Cyanide
Phenols  (4  AA-P)
pH within the range
  of 6.0 to 9.0
Discharge Load
(Kg/kkg)
(lbs/1000 Ib)
0.253
0.0327
0.274
0.0657
0.00451
Discharge
Cone.
mg/1 (b)
303.4
39.2
328.5
78.8
5.4
Discharge Load
(Kg/kkg)
(lbs/1000/lb)
0.131
0.0109
0.0912
0.0219
0.00-150
                                                                   Discharge
                                                                     Cone.
                                                157.1
                                                 13.1
                                                109.4
                                                 26.3
                                                  1.8
Notes:   (a)  Federal  Register,  1982
        (b)  Discharge  concentration  (for  comparitive  purposes)  are  based  on
           •  effluent  flows  of 200 gal/ton  of  coke  for  BAT  and  BPT

-------
which may be in the liquid matrix, or a synergistic approach representing
combinations of large numbers of substances as being toxic to nitri-
fication.  (4).

Experimental Approach

     Nitrification biokinetics has been shown to follow classical Monod
kinetics of the form:

                         v = V   S/ (K +S)                           (1)
                              max     m                              v

     where:              V = rate of nitrification (t  )

                         S = ammonia level in solution (mg/L)

                         V   , K  = system constants
                          max   m

     In addition, for biological systems, the following system equation
may be derived:

                         1/-Q-  = av - b                             (2)

                         -6- = sludge age (days)

 Where                   a =  observed yield coefficient (g/g)

                         b =  endogenous decay coefficient (day   )

     The approach taken in this research, is to quantify the influence of
inhibitors typical of coke plant wastewaters on the biokinetic parameters
for nitrification.  Toxic or biokinetic inhibition tends to alter the shape
of the effluent ammonia vs. sludge age design curve which results from the
combination of the above two equations.
                              /
     The final form of data from this research are summary plots of the
influence of parameters typical of coke plant waste waters on the biokinetic
constants of nitrification, and on the system design curve for process
nitrification.  The conditions considered are free (or unionized) ammonia
which acts as a "substrate inhibitor", free and complexed cyanides and
thiocyanate, phenol and tri-methylated phenolics, pyridine, and elevated
temperatures.  For comparison purposes, a sample of coal tar acids was obtained
from a local coke plant which, as indicated above, was found to be more toxic
to nitrifiers when compared on an equal phenol (measured by 4-AA) basis.

-------
     Results  of free ammonia inhibition have been published elsewhere, and
will not be included in this paper (1).  Details of trace substance inter-
action,  and temperature interactions are included in prior reports to
AISI (2,3,4).   These results are summarized below.


Experimental  Results of Elevated Temperatures on Nitrification Biokinetics

     The experiments conducted were developed to quantify the influence
of elevated temperatures on the defining parameters at a pH of 8.0.  It
should be noted that the data developed were for nitrifiers that were
acclimated to the elevated temperature in continuous cultures; the data
does not reflect the shock effects of temperature, but rather does reflect
steady-state  bio-kinetics for essentially pure nitrifiers.

     Figure 1 is a summary plot of maximum nitrification rate (Vm) as a
function of temperature.  This Figure shows that at a pH = 8.0, Vm is
constant at 1.256 gNH /gVSS-Day in the range of 22°C and 30°C and then
decreases to  a value approximately equal to zero at T = 45 C.  This
decrease in Vm was found to be described by the equation:


                         Vm = 3.78 - 0.084 (T)                      (3)

for 30°C >   T°C 2.  45°C

     The numerical value for the Michaelis-Menten parameter "K " was also
evaluated with temperature as shown on Figure 2.  In a qualitative sense,
as the K  value decreases, the kinetic curve is pushed to the left indicating
an increased  rate of nitrification at a constant design value of ammonia
level in the  effluent.  As the K  value increases, the kinetic curve
is pushed to  the right, indicating a relatively lower rate of nitrification,
thus requiring an increased sludge age for stable operations at the same
effluent ammonia level.

     From the experiments conducted, the value of K  was found to decrease
in the temperature range of 22 C to 30 C in accordance with the equation:

                         Log (K ) = 1.53 - 0.0315 (T)               (4)

and at temperatures greater than 30 C, K  was found to follow the
expression:
                         Log (K ) = -1.8829 + 0.08228 (T)            (5)

 where:  T = temperature, ( C)
        K  = constant, (rag/L ammonia)

 A similar evaluation was made of observed yield coefficient.  For the
 temperature range of 22°C to 30°C, this coefficient was a constant as:

-------
                         (a)  ob = 0.063 Ib VSS/lb NH3 removed       (6)

and for  temperatures  in excess of 30 C, the yield coefficient follows a
relationship  of:

                         (a)Qb = 0.1935 - 0.0043 (T)                (7)


It should  be  noted that the observed yield coefficient approaches zero
when the wastewater temperature is equal to 45 C.

     From  the biokinetic and sludge yield parameters obtained, calculated
data of  sludge age and effluent quality at pH = 8 were obtained.  A
family of  such curves for the temperature ranges considered in this study
is shown on Figure 3.

     In  order to  best interpret Figure 3, a cross plot was made of
required sludge age to meet ammonia effluents as listed as a function
of varying temperatures.  This cross plot, shown on Figure 4 points out
that stable nitrification producing an acceptable effluent quality should
exist at sludge ages  of about 20 days when the wastewater temperature is
less than  30  C (86 F) , however, instability may exist at temperatures above
that level with the curve becoming very steep (indicating instability)
at temperatures in excess of 33 C (91.4 F).
Experimental Results on the Influence of Organics and Cyanides on
Nitrification Biokinetics

     The chemicals selected for this phase of research are those which have
been shown to pass through first stage bioreactors or those chemicals found
in coal conversion wastewaters which are significantly resistant to
microbial degradation.   The substances considered are 2,3,6 and 2,4,6 tri-
raethylphenol (TMP),  2-ethylpyridine, phenol (comparison), free cyanide,
complexed cyanide, thiocyanate, and a mixture of coal tar
acids derived from a local coke making facility.

     As an example of some of the results to date, Figures 5 and 6
are plots of Vmax versus concentration of 2,3,6-trimethylphenol and
K  versus concentration of 2,3,6-trimethylphenol.   Figure 5 shows that
the critical concentration of 2,3,6-trimethylphenol is about 4.9 mg/L, with
levels above that severely depressing the biokinetic parameter of the
V    term in accordance with the equation:
 max

                         Log V    = 0.853-1.117 Log (2,3,6-TMP)     (8)
                              013.X

     Figure 6 indicates that the critical concentration for
2,3,6-trimethylphenol is about 17.2 mg/L with severe depression of the
parameter K  as  trimethylphenol increases in accordance with the equation:
                                     6

-------
                         Log (Km) = 1.839 - 1.069 Log (2,3,6-TMP)    (9)


     These relationships are combined with yield coefficient information
to provide plots  of effluent ammonia as a function of the independent
variable sludge age in continuous culture systems.

     A plot of the effect of 2,3,6-trimethylphenol level on sludge age for
nitrification is  outlined on Figure 7.  As can be seen,  even small
levels of 2,3,6-trimethylphenol will dramatically effect steady state
effluent ammonia  levels at a given sludge age.

     Similar results with "shoulders"occuring at different concentrations
were found for the compounds above.  A summary of shoulder values is listed
on table 2.

                           Table 2
Values Below Which Toxicant Has No Effect On Nitrification Kinetic
Parameter

                          Shoulder Values at pH = 8.0


  Compound              Vmax (gNH gVSS-Day)      Km (mg NH /L)
                                 -j                        -^

* Free Cyanide         Toxic at all Values      No effect on K
        •*                                                     m

* Phenol               Toxic at all Values      No effect on K
                                                              m

Coal tar acid mixture  1.2 mg/L as phenol       5 mg/L as phenol

2,3,6 TMP              4.9 mg/L                 17.2 mg/L

2-Ethyl-pyridine       10 mg/L                  42 mg/L

2,4,6 TMP              30 mg/L                  50 mg/L

Fe(CN) ~3              80 mg/L                  No effect on Km
SCN                    236 mg/L                 No effect on K
                                                              m
                                                          -3             05
*  Note:   Nitrification Inhibition is proportional to (CN)   and (Phenol)  '  ,
free cyanide is far more toxic than phenol.
     Figure 8 is a summary plot of required sludge age to meet a
10 mg/L NH  effluent versus concentration of organic inhibitors, cyanides,
and thiocyanate.  It should be noted that the concentration axis for
thiocyanate should be multiplied by 10.  Examination of Figure 8 is
revealing in that it demonstrates that coal tar acids are more inhibitory

-------
than reagent phenol,  low levels of 2,3,6-trimethylphenol are far more
inhibitory to nitrification then levels of 2,4,6-trimethylphenol,  and free
cyanide  is the most toxic to nitrifiers of all the chemical species studied.
Complexed  cyanides  and thiocyanates exhibited toxicities to nitrification
only at  levels far  greater than that for the other species studied and may
be considered "non  toxic" to nitrifiers at usual levels found in coke plant
effluents.

     For practical  purposes, by drawing a horizontal line on Figure 8
at a sludge age of  10 days, the set of intersections of this line  with the
curves  for individual compounds provides insight into allowable levels of
these substance (assuming no synergism) for nitrification.  Table  3
is a listing of these levels.  They should be considered as allowable
levels  of  such trace substances in effluents so that biological nitrification
may take place in a stable manner.
                             Table 3

     Maximum Levels of Contaminents to Permit Nitrification at a 10 Day

     Sludge Age with Effluent NH0 = 10 mg/L at pH = 8.0
Compound

Free Cyanide

Coal tar acids (as 4-AA phenol)

Phenol

2,3,6 TMP

2-Ethylpyridine

2,4,6 TMP
Fe(CN)
       -3
SCN

SUMMARY OF FINDINGS
Concentration mg/L

0.11 mg/L

1.7 mg/L

5.5 mg/L

7.8 mg/L

22 mg/L

39 mg/L

190 mg/L

660 mg/L
     Based upon laboratory data obtained, the following conclusion may be
drawn concerning the effect of inhibition to biological nitrification.

     1.0  Toxic inhibition to biological nitrification decreased in the
order of free cyanide,  tar acid phenolics, phenol, 2,3,6-trimethylphenol,
2-ethylpyridine, 2,4,6-trimethylphenol, complexed cyanide and thiocyanate,
                                     8

-------
     2.0   All  substances,  except free cyanide and phenol, appeared to follow
a "shoulder effect"  whereby low levels of inhibitor had no influence on the
rates of  biological  nitrification while higher levels had profound effects.
The absence of the shoulder effect is an indication that low levels of free
cyanide should be  avoided  for stable operation of biological nitrification
processes.

     3.0   Calculations  based on laboratory data are provided to show
maximum levels of  contaminents that will still permit stable nitrification
at a 10 day sludge age  at  pH = 8 and effluent ammonia levels of 10 mg/L.
30°C.
     4.0  Upper temperature limits for stable optimum nitrification is
     5.0  Free (or unionized)  ammonia is inhibitory at levels of 10 mg/L
or more.  Free ammonia is mainly a function of wastewater total ammonia,
pH, and temperature.

                                  References

(1)  Neufeld,  R.  D.  ,  Hill,  A.  J., Adekoya,  D.O.  "Phenol and Free Ammonia
     Inhibition to Nitrosomonas Activity"  Water  Research,  Vol 14, #12
     ppl695 -  1703  (Dec. 1980)

(2)  Neufeld,  R.  D.,  Rieder, C. B., Greenfield, J.  H.  "Influence of Elevated
     Temperatures on  Nitrification Biokinetics as Applied to Steel Industry
     Wastewaters"  report to AISI, project 78 - 395 (August 1, 1980)

(3)  Neufeld,  R.  D.,  Greenfield, J. H.  "Influence of Free and Complexed
     Cyanides  an Nitrification as Applied to Steel Industry Wastewaters"
     report to AISI under project 78 -  395 (August 1,  1981.)

(4)  Neufeld,  R.  D.,  Greenfield, J. H.  "Factors Influencing Nitrification
     Biokinetics as Applied  to meeting  BAT Requirements for the Iron and
     Steel Industry"   Final  report to AISI under  project 78 - 395
     (August 1, 1982)

Acknowledgement:   This project was supported by the Research Committee
of the American Iron  and Steel Institute, and by  the Industrial Environ-
mental Research Laboratory of the U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.

IN ADDITION:   A computer simulation program of coke plant wastewater treatment
operations is  being developed  based on  laboratory nitrification kinetic
behavior coupled  with  equations for multicompartment/single sludge systems.
Our objective  is  to simulate,  and  verify in bench scale, tbe optimal
operation of single sludge biological systems to  accomplish phenolic,
SCN.  and ammonia  removals in a  stable manner.
                                    9

-------
                                                                        Krn   vs.  Temperature
I
    1.2
    1.0
 « Q8
   0.6
<3  0.4
   0.2
                Vmax  vs.  Temperature
               	1	1	1	1	r
      20
u " 3.78-.084 (T'C)
for Ti 3O-C
                         32      36
                    TEMP    (-C)
         FIGURE   1
                                      40    44
                                             100
                                             80
                                             60

                                             40
                                              30

                                              20
o  10
-  3

I  6
    4
    3
                                                                     log Km= -1.8829 +.O8228 (T)
                                                                     for  T i 30° C     \ „   ©
                                                             log Km= L53- 0.0315 (T)
                                                             for 22«C i T i 30"C
                                                        10       20      30
                                                             TEMP   CO

                                                           FIGURE  2
                                                                                               40
                                                                                                        50
                Effluent  NHj  Concentration
                          vs.
                       Sludge Age
     0   02030405060708090  00  HO  EO
                   SLUDGE  AGE  (doys)
                                                       Calculated Required SJudge Age
                                                       to meet Indicated NH3 Effluents
                                                                    vs.
                                                               Temperoture
                                                              20
                                                                                                     4O
             FIGURE   3
                                                                     FIGURE   4
                                                        10

-------
          v»  CONCENTRATION  Of  2,3,6 - TRIMETMYLPHENOL
  10.0
  1.0
•e
i
   0.1
                                     to) Vm • .J53-LII7 to? (TUP)
                 IO           OO          IOOO
                       2,3,6 -Trinwthylphenol  (m<)/!}
                                                               I
                                                                E
                                                        0000      °\
                                                                            Yl CONCENTRATION Of  2 ,3,S - TRIMETHYLP-eNOL
                   1.0          100          COO
                      2,3,6 - Tnrrnmytarxnol (mq/l)
                   FIGURE  5
                  FIGURE  6
          EFfECT OF 24,6-TBMETHrLPv£NCL LEVEL ON  SLUDGE A3E

          AS A D€S»  A«3 OPERaTKJML  WRafceTES FOfl
       100
        80

        60

        40
               20     40     60      80      CO     120
                            >9«    (doyt)
                                                                 REQUIRED SLUDGE AGE TO MEET  IOmq/1 Nl-L EFFLUENT
                                                                                         vs.
                                                                          CONCENTRATION OF INHIBITOR
IOO
                                                                   -i	1	1	\	1	1	1	r
                                                                       20     40      SO      80
                                                                                 Concentration (r
                                         100     120
                                                                            FIGURE   8
                 FIGURE  7
                                                          11

-------
Physical/Chemical Treatment
of Coke Plant Wastewaters
By
James R. Zwikl
Director of Environmental Control
Shenango, Inc.
and
Nicholas S. Buchko
Environmental Engineer
Shenango, Inc.
and
David R. Junkins
Senior Project Engineer
WESTON Designers-Consultants
For Presentation at
EPA Symposium on
Iron and Steel Pollution
Abatement Technology
for 1982
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
16-18 November 1982
                                       DESIGNERS \*^/ CONSULTANTS

-------
                         Disclaimer
The work described in this paper was not funded by the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  The contents do
not necessarily reflect the views of the Agency and no
official endorsement should be inferred.

-------
      PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF COKE PLANT WASTEWATERS

          By:   James R. Zwikl,  Shenango Incorporated
               Nicholas S.  Buchko, Shenango  Incorporated
               David R. Junkins,  Roy F. Weston,  Inc.

                             BACKGROUND

    Shenango  Incorporated  is  a  privately owned  corporation head-
quartered  in  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  The Coke  &  Iron Division
of Shenango  is located  on  Neville  Island,  Pennsylvania,  and  is
engaged  in the production  of  iron, coke, and  coke by-products.

    The  Coke   &  Iron  Division  consists  of   three  major  depart-
ments:  Coke  Plant, Blast  Furnace,  and  Steam  and  Power.  The Coke
Plant  presently  consists  of  two  operating  coke  batteries   (35
ovens/battery),  a  new  56  oven battery  presently  being  heated  up
and a  by-products  plant.   The  Blast  Furnace  department  consists
of two  furnaces  (1 operating and 1 stand-by), while  the Steam
and Power  department  consists of a boiler  house which  contains
four  boilers,  and  power  generating  facilities.  (Figure  1  is  a
schematic of water distribution  through the  plant.)

    In  August  1971, in  an effort  to achieve  compliance  with  the
applicable state  effluent  limitations, Shenango  commissioned  The
Chester  Engineers  to  conduct  a   feasibility  study  on  wastewater
treatment. The results of  the study  indicated  that  treatment  of
a combination  of  coke  plant waste streams constituting  about  2.5
percent  of  the  total  plant wastewater  of  24 mgd  (90,840 m^/d)
would be  required  to meet  the projected  limitations  for cyanide
and phenol.

    The  streams  which  would  require  treatment  all  originated
within  the Coke  Plant  and  included: waste ammonia liquor; excess
final cooler wastewater; light oil separator  wastes;  hot oil  de-
canter  wastes;  and ammonia  liquor  cooling  tower  blowdown in  the
event that  cooler  leakage  should contaminate the  blowdown (see
Figure  2).

    Additional  studies  were  conducted by  The  Chester  Engineers
to determine  the  most cost-effective  method of treatment.   The
treatment concepts investigated  included biological and physi-
cal-chemical  (ozonation,   activated  carbon,  alkaline  chlorina-
tion,  etc . ) -

-------
                                                                    Process

                                                                    Non-Contact Water
City^mgd
Water
                     0.04 mod
                                                0.07 mgd
                                         Coke Plant
                                                      2.67
                                        tO.90
                                      Evaporation

                                        Blast Furnace
                         8.95 mgd
                                        f 0.52 mgd
                                        Evaporation

                                       Steam & Power
                                                         mgd ^
                                                      2.24 mgd
                                                                     24.1 mgd  be

                                                                     Outfal
                                    0.79 mgd
                                     Steam
                                          0.22 mgd
                                         Evaporation
Figure  1.  Plant  Water  Flow Schematic
               Shenango  Incorporated
               Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania

-------
        COKE

        PLANT
                   Hot Oil Decanter
                      0.096 mgd

                   Phenolate Storage Area
     0.232 mgd

Light Oil Separator
   0.014 mgd

 Final Cooler
                    0.152 mgd

                   Cooling Tower Slowdown
                         0.306 mgd
   Total Flow
To Wastewater
Treatment Plant
0.494 mgd Design Average
0.800 mgd  Design Maximum
                               I
Figure  2.    Coke  Plant  Wastewater  Streams

-------
    Factors  considered which  influenced the final  decision were:
capital  cost, projected  operations  and maintenance  costs,  land
requirements,  future  effluent limitations,  sensitivity  to plant
upsets,  and  necessary  level  of  operating  expertise  required.
Activated  carbon  followed  by alkaline chlorination was  chosen
as the appropriate treatment  process. A Water  Quality Management
Permit to  construct  such  a physical-chemical  treatment  facility
was  issued by  the Pennsylvania  Department  of Environmental  Re-
sources  (DER) on 25 April  1976.

    Based  upon the feasibility studies and concept  report  by The
Chester  Engineers, final detailed  engineering  and  preparation of
plans  and  specifications  for the  facility was undertaken  by Roy
F. Weston,  Inc., Designers  and Consultants. Engineering  and con-
struction  was completed,  and the  plant subsequently  began oper-
ations in  September 1979.

              WASTEWATER TREATMENT  PLANT DESIGN BASIS

DESIGN PARAMETERS

    As illustrated in  Figure 2,  the  major sources  of wastewater
discharged  to the treatment plant  include:

                Sourc e               Des ign  Flow

         Hot  Oil  Decanter             0.096  mgd
         Phenolate Storage Area       0.232  mgd
         Light Oil Separator          0.014  mgd
         Final  Cooler                  0.152  mgd
         Cooling  Tower Slowdown       0.306  mgd

                Total                  0.800  mgd

    The  design   characteristics   of  the  combined  flow  to  the
treatment  plant  and  NPDES  discharge  limitations  are listed  in
Table 1.

DESIGN BASIS  VS  CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS

    The  basis  for the  hydraulic  and  parameter  design  of  the
treatment  plant  are  compared with current  operating character-
istics in  Table  2.  It is  important  to  note  that  the plant  in-
fluent ammonia  concentration  is  greater than three  times the  de-
sign basis.  In  addition,  the  influent  pH is  highly  variable.  The
significance  of  these  variances  from  the  design  basis  is  dis-
cussed in subsequent  sections of this  paper.

-------
          TABLE  1.   DESIGN WASTEWATER CHARACTERISTICS
                     COMBINED  FLOW TO WWTP	
Parame ter
                                        NPDES Discharge
                                          Liraitat ions
          Maximum
Flow
SS
NH3
Phenol
CN-A
O&G
0
100
(667
100
(667
300
(2,000
70
(467
135
(900
.80 mgd
mg/L
ppd)
mg/L
ppd)
mg/L
ppd)
mg/L
ppd)
mg/L
ppd)
--
(1 ,800
(560
0
(7
0
(5
(410
-
ppd)
ppd)
.1 mg/L
ppd)
.025 mg/L
ppd)
ppd)
--
(3,760
30
(1 ,120
0
(14
0
(10
10
(620
-
ppd)
mg/L
ppd)
.2 mg/L
ppd)
. 05 mg/L
(ppd)
mg/L
ppd)
                  8.0
6 to 9

-------
TABLE  2.   COMPARISON OF DESIGN VS OPERATING
           WASTEWATER CHARACTERISTICS
Parame t er
Flow, mgd
SS, mg/L
NH3, mg/L
Pheno 1 , rag/L
CN-A, mg/L
O&G , mg/L
pH
SCN
Desig_n Basis
0.80
100.
100.
300.
70.
135.
8. 0
	
Previous
Cond i t ions
(1980-1981)
0.35
69
199
69
45
	
8.0 to 9.0
255
Current
Cond it ions
(1981-1982)
0.38
135
332
88
32
	
8.0 to 9.0
322

-------
              WASTEWATER TREATMENT  PLANT DESCRIPTION

PROCESS  DESCRIPTION

    A  block  flow  diagram  illustrating  the  treatment  process
utilized  by  Shenango for  the  removal of oil  and  grease, ammonia,
phenol,  suspended  solids,  dissolved  organics,  and  cyanides  is
shown  in  Figure 3.

    All  the  wastewater   streams,   except   the  hot  oil  decanter
overflow,  initially are  combined in  an  equalization  basin.   This
basin  has a  capacity  of  260,000  gallons   (984  m^)  and  a  deten-
tion  time  of eight  hours  at  the design flow of 0.80  mgd  (3,028
m^/d)  (16.4  hours  detention time  at  the  current  flow rate  of
0.38  mgd  [1,438  m^/d]).  The  basin  is divided into  two   sec-
tions  to  allow  isolation of  one portion of  the  basin  for  main-
tenance  purposes.  Each   section of  the  equalization  basin  is
equipped with a 3 hp,   single-speed  mixer -

    Underflow from  the hot  oil  decanters  is pumped  to  two  dis-
solved  air  flotation  (DAF) units  for additional oil  and  grease
removal.  Any  oil  skimmings  collected   are  recycled  to the  by-
products  plant.  Each DAF  unit has a  diameter of 9  ft  (3 m),  and
detention  time  of  19  minutes  at a  design  flow  of  67  gpm  (0.25
m^/d).  The  surface  loading  rate  for   the  DAF  units   is  1,500
gpd/sq  ft  (61   m-Vm^-d).   The  underflow from  the  DAF  units   is
pumped  to  the  equalization  basin,   and  combined  with  the  other
four waste  streams  at   that  point.

    The  combined flow  from the  equalization basin  is  pumped  to
two 35-ft  (11.6 m)  diameter clarifiers  for suspended  solids  re-
moval.  The  equalization  basin  discharge  pumps  may be  operated
manually, or  operated  automatically  according  to level  controls
in the basin.  The detention  time in  each clarifier  is  six  hours,
and  the  overflow  rate  is 420  gpd/sq  ft   (17   m^/m^-d) at  the
design  flow  rate  of   280  gpm   (1.1  m^/d).  The  underflow  from
the clarifiers  is  dewatered via  a  4.5 ft (1.5 m) diameter  (85 sq
ft  [7.9 m^ ]  of surface   filtration)  cloth  vacuum filter.  The
sludge cake  generated   is  hauled  to a landfill  for  ultimate  dis-
posal .

    The  overflow  from  the clarifiers   flows  by  gravity into  a
holding tank, and  is  subsequently  pumped to two  dual  media  pres-
sure filters  for additional suspended solids removal.  The  10  ft
(3.3 m) diameter filters  are  downflow units  with a  design  flow-
through  rate of 7  gpm/sq  ft (4.75  L/m^-s)  of  filter surface
area.  The filters  are   utilized  to prevent  solids-clogging  prob-
lems and decreased  efficiencies  in  the  downstream activated  car-
bon columns.  The effluent  from  the  filters flows into  an  18,000

-------

Hot Oil ^ Pump Sta.
Decanter No. 1

Phenolate
Storage—.- P^P Sta. __
Area No 2

Liaht Oil . ^ Pump Sta. ^
Separator " NO. 3
Cooling Tower
Slowdown
(Optional)
Final Cooler
Wastewater





Polymer
I
Flnrrulatinn Dissolved Oj| 55-gal.
Moccuiation .. y ^tnranp 	 »- Hcu3c/Diaoonal
Tank Flotation Sk.mm.ngs Drum

Equal

Underflow
Dirty Backwash
1
Clean
Clarifiers Dual Backwash A .. . .
Tntinn _fc_ r*larifi*-'atir\n h~ FfflllRnt •- hJtaHi^ »^ \AMfrti- — — ACTIVateQ
Tank Filters Storage Carbon
Tank



Filtrate Vacuum
Filtration CbJ |NaOH
{ _^ Cyanide Final f \
Sludge Cake " Removal Discharge //

Figure 3.   Block Flow Diagram  Wastewater Treatment  System
             Shenango Incorporated
             Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

-------
gallon  (68  m^)   carbon  feed/backwash  water  storage  tank.  This
tank  is  the  water supply  source  for filter  backwash water. Dirty
backwash  water is routed  back  to the plant  equalization basin.

    Filtered wastewater  is  pumped  from  the backwash  water stor-
age tank  to the  activated carbon  system. Activated carbon util-
ized  in  the  system is  furnished  through  a  service  agreement with
the  Calgon  Corporation.  The  system  consists  of   two  activated
carbon  columns  operated  in  series  to  remove  phenol  and  other
dissolved  organics that  might  be present.  The  carbon columns are
located ahead  of the cyanide  removal system to  minimize the for-
mation of  chlorinated hydrocarbons.

    The  effluent  from  the  carbon  columns  flows  to  the  cyanide
removal unit operation.  The  cyanide system  is  a  single-stage al-
kaline  chlorination  process  that  oxidizes cyanide  to  cyanate.
The effluent  from  the  carbon  columns  initially discharges  into
two 12-ft  (4 m)   diameter chlorine  oxidation tanks  where  caustic
(NaOH) is  added  to  raise and maintain  the wastewater  pH  at  9.0,
and  chlorine  (Cl2)   is  simultaneously  added  to oxidize  cyanide
to cyanate.  The   detention time in  each  tank at a  design  flow of
0.4 mgd   (1,514  m^/d)  is one  hour.  Caustic  and  chlorine  addi-
tion  is  automatically  controlled based  on pH  and  ORP  (oxidation
reduction  potential) levels  respectively  in the  oxidation tanks.
Chlorine  is supplied to  the wastewater  treatment  plant  via  55
ton (49,900  kg)  or 90 ton (81,720  kg)  railroad  cars although ton
cylinders  are  utilized  during  railroad car  transfer periods. The
liquid  chlorine  is  transferred   from   the  tank   cars,   passed
through evaporators, and  then  fed  via  chlorinators  to the oxida-
tion  tanks.  The  effluent from  the oxidation  tanks is  then  dis-
charged as  final effluent.

                       OPERATING  EXPERIENCES

ACTIVATED  CARBON SYSTEM

    The  Calgon  activated carbon  system consists  of  two  40,000
pound  (18,160  kg) carbon vessels  which   are operated  in  series.
The system was  first placed  on line  in  September 1979  and  has
operated  efficiently  with  only  relatively minor   difficulties.
These  difficulties  included  premature  phenol  breakthrough  and
carbon fines  breakthrough immediately following a  carbon  trans-
fer.

    Based  on  the validation  study  conducted  during  the  carbon
system design, it was estimated  that  the carbon usage  rate would
be approximately  20  pounds  (9  kg)  of  carbon  per   1,000  gallons
(3.8   m-*)   of wastewater  for  phenol  levels  averaging  159  mg/L
at a   pH  of 7.0  to  8.0.   At  a  current  average  flow rate  of  ap-
proximately  0.38  mgd  (1,438  m^/d),  carbon  breakthrough  would

-------
be  expected approximately every  three  days.  Presently,  the  ac-
tual wastewater has a phenol  concentration well  below the design
limits  and,  consequently,  the  phenol  breakthrough  only occurs
approximately  every seven  days.

    After  several months  of  operation,  an unusual  trend began  to
emerge.  In  several  instances   immediately  following  a  carbon
transfer,  the  polished  effluent  would indicate   phenol  break-
through. A detailed survey of the situation  revealed  a  two-fold
problem. First,  an  accumulation of  solidified carbon had devel-
oped in  the bottom  (three to six  feet)  of the column.  Secondly,
the high wastewater pH  led  to  a  very  low  phenol  adsorption  by
the carbon.

    Although  the reason  for  the  solidification of  the carbon was
never  discovered, it has  been projected that mechanical  failure
in  the  carbon  column underdrain system  led to channeling of the
wastewater.  This channeling  in  turn  permitted a portion  of the
carbon  bed to  solidify.   A  further study  of  the pH fluctuations
revealed  the  following:  although  the carbon  system  is  designed
to  operate at  a  pH  of  7.0  to  8.0, the  wastewater  feed  into the
carbon  system  is not  pH  controlled.   Depending  on  occurrences
upstream of the  facility,  the  pH can  vary  from  6.0 to  12.0, al-
though  such extreme  variations  are  unusual.  Since  the  alkaline
chlorination  system  following  the  carbon system   was  operating
at  a pH  of  10.0  to  11.0  at the time,  attempts were  made  to  keep
the wastewater  pH  greater than  10.0  so that  less  caustic  would
be  required.  Studies performed  by  Calgon*,  however,  indicated a
decrease  in  carbon efficiency  as  the  pH increased above  9.0,
and severe  upsets when  the pH exceeded  11.0.  According  to  Cal-
gon's report,  "this phenomenon is  expected due to  the  ionization
of  the  phenol  molecule at  a  high pH.  The  ionic  form  of  the  phe-
nol molecule  is  very  poorly  adsorbed by  the  activated  carbon."
Thus,  as we  can  see  from Table  3,  as the  pH  increases  from 9.0
to  11.0,  the  percentage  of  molecular  phenol  decreases  from 90
to  10.  At  a pH  of  11.0,   only  10 percent  of  the phenol  will be
in  a molecular  form. This results in  approximately  only  50  per-
cent phenol  adsorption  as the wastewater  reaches   the  discharge
point  of  the  first  column.  As  further  stated  by   Calgon,  "when
the molecular  form  represents  only  a  small  percentage  of  the
total  phenol  content,  the chemical  equilibrium  kinetics  add to
the adsorption  kinetics  to  extend  the length  of  the mass  trans-
fer zone and  increase  the probability  of  phenol leakage  to the
effluent."
*Letter from A.J.  Roy and W.M. Rogers,  Calgon Corporation to
 James R.  Zwikl,  Shenango, Inc.,  12  May 1980-
                                10

-------
      TABLE  3.   RELATIONSHIP  BETWEEN pH  AND  PERCENTAGE  OF
                 MOLECULAR  PHENOL PRESENT*
                                Approximate  Percent of
                               Molecu 1 a r Pheno 1  PTt;
         9                               90

        10                               50

        11                               10
*Letter from  A.J.  Roy and W.M.  Rogers, Calgon  Corporation  to
 James R. Zwikl,  Shenango,  Inc.,  12 May  1980.
                                11

-------
    Excursions   in  pH  above  11.0 can  cause  severe  operational
problems  if  a  carbon bed has  been well loaded with  phenol previ-
ously.  Re-equilibrium  to  a lower  phenol  concentration  can cause
desorption  of  previously  adsorbed  phenol,  and  produce  effluent
levels  in excess of those  found  in the influent.  Figure  4 graph-
ically  illustrates  the  relationship  between  phenol  adsorption
and pH  which was  observed  over  a consecutive three  week span*.
As  can  be observed,  an increase  in  pH above  10.0 causes  a  cor-
responding  increase  in  effluent  phenol  levels,  while  a  decrease
in  pH  to less  than  10.0  causes  a  similar  decrease   in  effluent
concentrations.

    Decreasing  the pH  levels  to  less  than 8.5 at this  installa-
tion, however,   does  not increase the operational efficiency  of
the carbon  system. As  a result,   the  system pH is controlled  be-
tween 8.5  and 9.5  to  obtain  the  most efficient  and  economical
utilization  of activated carbon.

CHLORINATION SYSTEM

    The  alkaline  chlorination system is  a  single-stage  process
designed  to  oxidize cyanide to cyanate.

    The  system  consists of  two  completely mixed 15,000  gallon
(56  tn-*)  cyanide   oxidation  tanks  operated  in  parallel,   two
8,000-pound  (3,632 kg)  per day   evaporators   (1  operating and  1
spare),   two  ejectors,  and  a  35,000  gallon  (132   m^)   caustic
storage  tank  with  associated   proportional  feed   pumps.   The
chlorine  is  supplied  as a  liquid from  either a  55  ton  (49,900
kg) or  90 ton  (81,720  kg)  railroad tank  car  which is located  on
a  track  adjacent to  the chlorination  building.  Stand-by  one  ton
(908 kg)  cylinders of  chlorine  are available  during  those peri-
ods when railroad  cars are switched.  Air  padding  of  the  chlorine
car is not required.

    The  alkaline chlorination  system was  designed to operate  as
follows:  partially treated wastewater  is  fed in  equal  volumes
into the  bottom of  each oxidation tank.  Continuous  readout  ORP
and pH  probes  located  near  the  top  of   each  tank  measure   and
record  both  values on  the main  control panel.  The  pH recording
controllers  modulate  the caustic  pumps  to maintain the proper  pH
levels within the  oxidation tanks. Presently,  a  pH of 9.0  to  9.5
is maintained- The  ORP recording  controller regulates the  amount
*Letter from A.J.  Roy and W.M. Rogers,  Calgon Corporation  to
 James R.  Zwikl,  Shenango, Inc.,  12  May 1980.
                                12

-------
    1. Letter (ram A.J. Roy and W.M. Rogers, Calgon Corporation to James R. Zwftl,
      Shenango. Inc.. 12 May 1980.
Figure  4.    Relationship  Between  pH  and   Phenol  Concentration

-------
of  chlorine gas  injected  into  the  system through  the  ejectors.
Laboratory  analyses performed  on  the  actual wastewater  indicate
that  maintaining  an ORP  of approximately  120  to  180 mv  should
provide  sufficient oxidation of  cyanide to  cyanate.

    To  date,  efforts  to  place  the  system  in the  fully  automatic
mode of  operation have proven unsuccessful. Although  the pH con-
trol  system has  operated efficiently  in the automatic mode, the
ORP  control system has  not. The  ORP  system  operation  becomes
very  erratic  within  4   to  48  hours after  being  placed  in the
automatic mode.   It appears  as  though  some interfering compounds
inhibit  the automatic  operation  of the ORP sensing  and,  conse-
quently,  the chlorine feed  controller  instrumentation.

    The  cyanide  oxidation  system  is currently being  operated in
the  manual   mode,  with   resultant  effluent  cyanide  "A"  levels
equalling  or  approaching  the  design  limits  while attempts are
being made  to  resolve  the  problem.  Several  sets of  bench-scale
and  full-scale  tests  have  been  performed  in  order  to  identify
an  ORP/cyanide oxidation relationship.  A curve  similar  to  that
indicated  in  Figure  5   would  be  expected  to  characterize  the
cyanide,  alkaline   chlorination   process.   Bench-scale  tests  of
composite carbon column  effluent  samples  were conducted at  sys-
tem  pH's of  9.5  and  10.5.  The   test   results  are  presented  in
Tables  4 and  5 and  indicate that  chlorine dosage rates  of 2,000
mg/L or  less should be sufficient  to oxidize the  cyanide to  per-
mitted  levels.  At the plant's current  influent flow rate of  0.38
mgd  (1,438  m3/d),  this  is  equivalent  to  6,300  ppd  (2,858 kg/
d) of chlorine,  which is well within the treatment  plant's chlo-
rination  system  capacity.   Unfortunately,  graphical analysis  of
ORP (i.e.,  cyanide levels),  and  chlorine feed rate  data  collect-
ed during full-scale field  tests,  have  yielded a  horizontal  line
with no  distinct  breakpoint, as  shown  in Figure  6,  indicating no
consistent  relationship  exists  between  these  parameters.  There-
fore, it  appeared that ORP  was  not  a viable parameter for moni-
toring and  controlling the  cyanide oxidation system in our proc-
ess.

    Since attempts  to correlate  ORP  levels with cyanide  "A"  lev-
els that are consistently below  2.5  mg/L have not proven totally
successful,  additional means  to  permit  quick,  accurate  and  fre-
quent analyses  of cyanide "A" in  the influent and effluent chlo-
rination  system  streams  are required.  A continuous readout,  on-
line cyanide "A"  monitor is currently  under  development, and the
first full-scale  instrument is  scheduled to  be  tested  at  She-
nango's   wastewater  treatment  facility  in  hopes   that  it  will
stabilize operation  of   the  cyanide oxidation  unit.  Additional
process  studies  are  also being investigated.
                                14

-------
                    at

                    "Z
                    n
                    o>
                   o>
                   oc

                   Q.
                                 Cyanide Concentration -
                                                  Decreasing
Figure  5.   Typical ORP  Versus  Cyanide  Concentration  Relationship
                                       15

-------
    Total Cyanide,  mg/L CN                  104




    Amenable Cyanide,  mg/L  CN                97




    Ammonia, mg/L  N                          54




    Thiocyanate, mg/L  CNS                   240




    ORP,  mv                                   40




j> a m p 1 _e _N 
-------
           jParame ter	*>£ mj>^_e_N£^_^	Sampl e  No .	3	
    Total  Cyanide,  mg/L N               83                96




    Amenable Cyanide, mg/L  CN          77                88




    Ammonia, mg/LN                     35                33




    Thiocyanate,  mg/L CNS              310               290




    ORP,  mv                             	                20




§a.inj>.Le_N°._i_.2	Analyses at 90  minutes and  pH 9.5




                                    Chlorine  Addition,  mg/L Cl
                                            °     2000      50°      00
ORP, mv                         100      120      140      320     410




Total Cyanide, mg/L CN          8.6      6.0     6.2      6.2     6.2




Amenable  Cyanide,  mg/L CN       1.8      0.2     0.4    ---     ---




Ammonia,  mg/L N                 34       35       14        2       2




Thiocyanate,  mg/L  CNS         190       72       <5       <5     <5




Sanrgle No. _ 3_AnjaJ.^j5 £j5 _ at 90 minutes and pH 9.5




ORP, mv                         ---      130      220      400     460




Total Cyanide, mg/L  CN        ---        7.6   ---      ---     ---




Amenable  Cyanide,  mg/L CN     ---        0.0   ---      ---     ---




Ammonia,  mg/L N                ---       33       23        42




Thiocyanate,  mg/L  CNS         ---       57        5        5     ---
                                 17

-------
00
                                                                                              Oxidation
                                                                                           _ Tank No. 1

                                                                                              Oxidation
                                                                                             Tank No. 2
        Figure  6.   Cyanide Oxidation  Field  Test  Results

-------
SCALING

    In  early  1982  operating  problems  began to surface  with the
chlorine  injector  pumps.  When  the  pumps  were disassembled for
maintenance  it  was discovered that all  the wetted parts  of the
pump  were  coated  with  a  grayish-white  substance.  In  addition,
the chlorine  oxidation  tanks  were also  found  to be  coated with
a  similar  type   of  substance  which  was  approximately  l/4~in.
(0.635 cm)  thick.  Laboratory  analyses  revealed that  the  deposit-
ed  material was  calcium  carbonate.  Shortly  thereafter  it  was
also  discovered  that   the  chlorine-ejector water  supply  lines
were  reduced in  diameter by approximately 1 to 2 in.  (2.5-5 cm)
due to scale buildup.

    Further analyses were  conducted to determine  the  scaling po-
tential of  the wastewater  in  the oxidation  tools  through the use
of the Langelier  Saturation Index (LSI).  An  LSI of +1.7  was cal-
culated,  indicating that the  wastewater  has a tendency to  form
scale.

    Analyses also confirmed a  decrease in total hardness  across
the oxidation tanks.  Calcium  precipitates as  calcium  carbonate,
thus  explaining   the increase   in  suspended  solids  in the  final
plant e ffluent .

    Several options are available  as  possible solutions  to  the
scaling  problem.  These  include:   determining   possible  process
changes upstream  of  the treatment  facility;  precipitating  the
column in the clarifiers;  chemically neutralizing the  wastewater
through the use  of  a deposit  control agent;  or reducing  the sys-
tem pH in an attempt to  retard the  formation of scale.

    The initial  alternative chosen  consisted of lowering  the  pH
from  10.5 to  9.0. This  is  the simplest  and  most  cost effective
means of  attempting to  regulate the formation of scale,  and  is
currently being  evaluated.

CHEMICAL AVAILABILITY

    The basic reactions  which  occur  in the alkaline chlorination
process require  the use  of  large quantities  of caustic and  chlo-
rine.   Unfortunately,   the   market   for  these two chemicals  has
fluctuated dramatically  over  the past  several  years.   Since  both
caustic and  chlorine are produced  simultaneously, the  demand for
either  chemical   influences the  cost  and  availability  of  the
other -
                               19

-------
    The  wastewater   treatment   facility  consumes  approximately
three  to  four  tons   (2,724  to  3,632  kg)  of  chlorine and  1,400
gallons  (5.3  m^)  of caustic  daily.  Therefore,  both  the  cost
and  availability  of  either  chemical  will  dramatically  affect
both the efficiency  and  operating costs of  the  facility.

    Since  the  plant  start-up  in  September  1979,  the  cost  of
chlorine has  actually decreased by  30  percent, while the  price
of  caustic  has  increased  by  106 percent.  The  overall effect  is
a  net  chemical  cost  increase  of $1.28/1,000  gallons of  waste-
water  treated .

              WASTEWATER TREATMENT  PLANT PERFORMANCE

CURRENT PERFORMANCE

    The current operating performance  of the treatment plant  is
indicated  in  Table  6. Excellent  phenol removal  in excess of  99
percent is  consistently  obtained from the system.

    As detailed  in this  paper,  however, problems  still remain  to
be overcome in  the efficient  operation of the alkaline chlorina-
tion portion  of the  plant. It  is anticipated that  the efficient
control of  the  chlorine  feed which  may  be  obtained  through  the
use of the  continuous cyanide "A" analyzer will  increase  the  cy-
anide  "A" removal  efficiency  from 87 to 96 percent.

    Influent  ammonia levels,  as stated earlier,  are  approximate-
ly  200 percent higher than originally  anticipated. As a  result,
an  insufficient amount  of excess  chlorine   is  available  to  en-
tirely oxidize the  ammonia  and,  thus,  a  lower   than  anticipated
removal efficiency is  obtained.

    The suspended  solids  removal data of 77  percent  is very mis-
leading.  A  suspended solids  removal of approximately  100  percent
is  generally   achieved between  the   clarifiers,  dual-media fil-
ters, and activated  carbon columns.  The precipitation of  calcium
carbonate (as  previously  discussed)  in the alkaline  chlorination
system is  responsible for  the  apparent  decreased efficiency  in
solids removal.

    Thiocyanate  removals  of  72  percent have  also been observed
as the thiocyanate is  oxidized  to cyanate.

BPT PERFORMANCE

    The plant  effluent  characteristics  are  compared  with   the
current NPDES  and  Best Practicable  Control  Technology Currently
Available  (BPT)  discharge limits  for by-product  coke plants  in
Table  7.   It  can be   observed that  except  for   cyanide  "A"   the


                               20

-------
TABLE 6.  TREATMENT PLANT PERFORMANCE
Influent
Paramet er
Flow, mgd
SS, mg/L
NH3> mg/L
Phenol, mg/L
CN-A, mg/L
PH
SCN, mg/L
Average
0.38
135
332
88
32
8.8
322
Range
	
15-
74-1
35-
4-
2-
106-

472
,233
238
102
12
484
Effluent Percent Removal
Average
0.38
21
175
0.40
4.0
9.0
102
Range Average Range
N/A
3- 53 77 19- 98
21-941 52 2- 83
0.004- 1.4 >99.5 98.3- 99.9
0-12 87 58-100
N/A 	
11-338 72 49-96
                21

-------
               TABLE 7.   TREATMENT PLANT PERFORMANCE  VS  NPDES  PERMIT AND PROMULGATED BAT/BCT LIMITS
Past Discharge
Parameter Levels (1980-1981)
mg/L
(ppd)
SS

O&G

NH3-N
CN-A

Phenol

PH
Benzene

Avg . Max .
15.6 30
(44.1) (101)
	 	
	 	
144 569
(427) (1,604)
5.9 17.2
(17.9) (79)
0.7 3.8
(2.0) (10.9)
9
0.0046
(0.013)
Present Discharge
Levels (1981-1982) NPDES Limits BPT Limits*
mg/L mg/L (ppd)
(ppd) (ppd)
Avg . Max . Avg . Max . Avg . Max .
21.3 53
(64.1) (173) (1,800) (3,760) 393 759
10
(410) (620) 33 98
175 941 -— 30
(545) (2,606) (560) (1,120) 274 822
4.0 12.2 0.025 0.05
(9.7) (35) (5) (10) 66 197
0.4 1.4 0.1 0.2
(1.3) (4.2) (7) (14) 4.5 13.5
6 to 9 6 to 9 6 to 9
	 	 	 	
	 	
Naphthalene<0.010 	 	 	 	 	
<( 0.030)
BAP
<0.010
<(0.030)
— — — -v — — — — — _
BAT/BCT Limits*
(ppd)
Avg . Max .

(393) (759)

(33) (98)
(97) (194)

	 	

(0.13) (0.26)
6 to 9

(0.06)
(0.06)
(0.06)
*At production level = 1,500 T/Day - Based on regulations promulgated on 5/27/82 (40 CFR Part 420).

-------
plant  is meeting  current  NPDES discharge  limits.  In  addition,
the  plant  discharge  is  achieving BPT  limits  with  the  exception
of ammonia  level  exceedances.

BAT/BCT  PERFORMANCE

     Table  7 also compares  the  current discharge  levels  with the
recently   promulgated  Best  Available   Technology  Economically
Achievable/Best  Conventional Technology*   (BAT/BCT)  limits  for
by-product  coke  plants.  As  can  be  readily  observed, the  plant
does  not  meet  BAT  or  BCT  limits  for  ammonia  or  phenol.  The
limits for  benzene,  benzo(a)pyrene,  and  napthalene are  currently
being met based  on  limited data.

     It  does  not  appear  economically  feasible  to  sufficiently
reduce the  discharge of phenol and ammonia  at  this facility-
    The  BAT limits
performance  on  a  Ib
 for phenol  are
 phenol/1,000 Ib

BAT Limit
    Maximum  0.0000859 Ib phenol/
             1,000  Ib  coke

    Average  0.0000430 Ib phenol/
             1,000  Ib  coke
compared  to  treatment  plant
coke basis below:

          WWTP Effluent

          0.00660 Ib  phenol/
          1,000 Ib coke

          0.00068 Ib  phenol/
          1,000 Ib coke
    The  treatment plant  effluent values  reported  are  based  on
long  term data  collected  by  Shenango  and  represent  discharge
levels following  treatment by 80,000 pounds  (36,320  kg) of  acti-
vated carbon.  Although a  minimum of 0.000007 Ib phenol/1,000  Ib
coke  has occasionally been  achieved  at  the   physical-chemical
plant,  the  present  system  is  not  capable  of  achieving  such  a
discharge  limit  over  prolonged  periods  of  operation.  In  fact,
the average discharge  level is  16 times higher  than  the BAT lim-
its.

    Currently  higher  than anticipated  influent  ammonia   levels
are being observed at  the treatment plant even  though a free  and
fixed ammonia  still  is  presently operating efficiently  in  the
by-products plant. This has resulted in the  inability to  achieve
discharge  limits.  The  proposed  BAT  ammonia level  of 0.0322  Ib
ammonia-N/1 ,000  Ib coke is presently being  exceeded by a  factor
of  9  (0.2868   Ib  NH3-N/1,000   Ib  coke).   Considerable  further
investigation  is  required before this problem can be  resolved.
*As published in 40  CFR  Part  420,  27 May 1982.
                                23

-------
PRIORITY POLLUTANTS

    As  previously   shown  in  Figure  3,   Shenango's  wastewater
treatment  scheme  includes activated  carbon followed  by  alkaline
chlorination.  This  was  done to minimize the  formation of chlori-
nated hydrocarbons  in the treatment  plant  effluent.

    Analyses  were conducted  across  the treatment system  to de-
termine  the  ability  of  the  facility  to  remove  priority  pollu-
tants.  Five   days  of  samples  were  collected  and composited  at
the locations  shown  in  Table 8.  As  shown  in  the table,  only  11
organic  priority  pollutants  were detectable  in  the  influent  to
the activated  carbon system.  Adsorption by activated  carbon re-
moved the  majority  of pollutants  with  the  exception  of acryloni-
trile,  which  was  oxidized  in  the  alkaline chlorination  portion
of the  plant.  The treatment  facility showed 100  percent  removal
of the  above  listed organic  priority pollutants  with  the  excep-
tion of  phenol,  which was  reduced  in concentration  by 99.3  per-
cent.

    The  use   of  alkaline chlorination treatment did,  however,
cause the  formation of chloroform. A concentration of 27.5  Mg/L
was measured  in the  chlorination  system effluent. The mixture  of
the treatment  plant  effluent  with  the remaining  facility  waste-
water,  however,  resulted  in a  chloroform  concentration of  ^5
|jg/L at the point of  discharge to the  Ohio River.

    In  1979-1980,  EPA  conducted  a coke plant  wastewater  treat-
ment study*  at  Shenango's Coke &  Iron facility.  The  pilot  plant
flow  scheme   utilized  during  the  EPA  study  included  alkaline
chlorination  followed by  activated  carbon which  is   reverse  to
the  flow   scheme  utilized by Shenango. Priority pollutant  sam-
pling results  from  EPA's study are compared  in Table  9 to  those
compiled by  Shenango. The  analytical results indicated  that ex-
cept  for  phenol,  the  concentration  of organic   priority  pollu-
tants in Shenango's  effluent  was  less than or  equal  to  the  lev-
els  reported   in  the  EPA  study.  The  levels  of acrylonitrile,
chloroform,  and   1 ,2-dichloroethene  were   particularly lower  in
Shenango's effluent  than  in EPA's pilot plant discharge.

                             ECONOMICS

    The capital cost  required  to  construct Shenango's physical-
chemical wastewater  treatment  facility was  $2,300,000 in  1977-
1979 dollars. Of  this  total,  approximately fc660 ,000  (29 percent)


*E P A~Ff "f Tue"n"t ~Gu i d e lines  Division,  Report   No. EPA-600/2-8 1-
 053,  Research and Development, PhysicaI/Chemical Treatment
 of Coke Plant Wastewater,  April  1981.


                               24

-------
TABLE 8.   PRIORITY POLLUTANTS  REMOVAL  TRACKING DIAGRAM
Priority Pollutants Removal Tracking Diagram
Ohio River

E
•* F
/ (T) '
I r-
Intake) jj
H,0 p

1
I

last
irea

team &
ant

~nkp
'lant * Equallxatton -*.




© G
CI.riflc.Hon -* ff™n J
Activated
Carbon
Sample Point Concentration, M g/L
Parameter
Acrylonitrile
1 2
<100 6,000
1,2-Dichloroe thane O 60
Benzene
Toluene
Napthalene
Acenaphthylene
Phenanthrene
Phenol
Fluor ene
Anthracene
<5 5,835
<5 2,060
<10 3,610
<10 150
<10 19
<25 29,000
<10 9
<10 9
Methylene Chloride <5 ND
Chloroform
2,4
<5
,6-Trichlorophenol <25 	
3 4
5,000 <100
ND <10
80 4.6
ND <10
1.1 <10
ND <10
ND <10
417 209
ND <10
ND <10
9 <10
27.5
24
5
<100
<5
<5
<5
^10
^10
(10
<25
^10
^10
<5
<5
<25
Sample /->.
Point ^J
Number

P ? ?//
t Cyanide | i J,(^(
Removal \ - \
Net Percent
Removal
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100


                         25

-------
               TABLE 9.  COMPARISON OF  SHENANGO'S  AND EPA1 S
                         PLANT  PRIORITY SAMPLING RESULTS
                                   METALS
      Parameter
   Shenango WWTP
                                                   EPA Pilot Plant*
Arsenic, mg/L As
Aluminum, mg/L Al
Barium, mg/L Ba
Calcium, mg/L Ca
Copper, mg/L Cu
Iron, mg/L Fe
Magnesium, mg/L Mg
Manganese, mg/L Mn
Nickel, mg/L Ni
Selenium, mg/L Se
Sodium, mg/L Na
Zinc, mg/L Zn
Mercury, mg/L Hg
          0.068
          0.
         17
          1.85
          2.38
          4.2
          0.05
          0.12
          0.049
      3,150
          0.14
        <0.002

VOLATILE COMPOUNDS
Acrolein,  Mg/L
Acrylonitrile, Mg/L
Benzene,  Mg/L
Bromomethane, Mg/L
Bromodi chlorome thane,
Bromoform, Mg/L
Carbon Tetrachloride,
Chlorobenzene, Mg/L
Chloroethane, Mg/L
2-Chloroethylvinyl ether,  Mg/L
Chloroform,  Mg/L
Chloromethane, Mg/L
Dibromochloromethane,  Mg/L
                                   <100
                                   <100
                                      4.6
                      Mg/L

                      Mg/L
                                     27.5
                                                  Average
                                                     1.3
                                                     0.007
                                                    15
                                                     0.04
                                                     3.39
                                                     4.1
                                                     0.34
                                                     0.19
                                                     0.24
                                                 6,417
                                                     0.12
                     2,015
                        12
                       ND
                       ND
                       ND
630

 ND
                                   Range
                                                     0.072   0.03   - 0.22
          0.8
          0.04
            11
          0.01
          0.0
          3.5
          0.19
          0.2
          0.13
         1.9
         0.12
         20
         0.08
         7.7
         4.9
         0.50
         0.05
         0.34
          3,900 -8,000
          0.08  - 0.22
  0.0023  0.0003-0.0061
          ND**  -8,500
          ND
          ND
          ND
          ND
ND

ND
                                       -3,200
 *EPA Effluent Guidelines Division, Report No. EPA-600/2-81-053,
  Research and Development, PhysicaI/Chemical Treatment of Coke
  Plant Wastewater,  April 1981.
**ND - Not Detected.
                                    26

-------
                          TABLE 9.  (continued)
                       VOLATILE  COMPOUNDS (CONTINUED)
     Parameter
    Shenango WWTP
                                                   EPA Pilot Plant*
1,1-Dichloroethane, pg/L
1,2-Dichloroethane, pg/L
1,1-Dichloroethene, pg/L
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene, pg/L
1, 2-Dich lor o pro pane, pg/L
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene, pg/L
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene, pg/L
Ethylbenzene, pg/L
Methylene chloride, pg/L
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane, pg/L
Tetrachloroethene, pg/L
1,1,1-Trichloroethane, pg/L
1,1,2-Trichloroethane, pg/L
Trichloroethene, pg/L
Trichlorofluoromethane, pg/L
Toluene, pg/L
Vinyl chloride, pg/L
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol,
2-Chlorophenol,  pg/L
2,4-Dichlorophenol,  pg/L
2,4-DimethyIphenol,  pg/L
2,4-Dinitrophenol, pg/L
2-Methyl-4,6-d initrophenol,
2-Nitrophenol, pg/L
4-Ni trophenol, pg/L
Pentachlorophenol, pg/L
Phenol,  pg/L
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol,  pg/L
    ACID EXTRACTABLES

Pg/L      <25
          <25
          <25
          <25
         <250
   pg/L  <250
          <25
          <25
          <25
         <209
          <24
                                                 Average
                                                    25
                                                    ND
                                                    ND
                           ND

                           ND
                         BASE-NEUTRAL EXTRACTABLES
Acenaphthlene,  pg/L
Acenaphthylene,  pg/L
Anthracene,  pg/L
Benzo(a)anthracene,  pg/L
Benzo(b)fluoranthene,  pg/L
Benzo(k)fluoranthene,  pg/L
Benzo(a)pyrene,  pg/L
                                                    19
                                                    ND
                                                    ND
                                                    ND
                                                    ND
                                                    ND
                                                    ND
                                                    ND
                                                     0.08
                                                     0.3
                                                    ND
                                                    ND
                                      ND-64
                                      ND
                                      ND
                                                               ND
                                      ND-60
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
                                      ND
                                      ND-1
                                      ND-3
                                      ND
                                      ND
                                    27

-------
                          TABLE 9.   (continued)
                   BASE-NEUTRAL EXTRACTABLES  (CONTINUED)

     Parameter	Shenango WWTP	EPA Pilot Plant*

                                                 Average       Range

Banzo(g,h,i)perylene, Mg/L         <25              ND         ND
Benzidine, Mg/L                    <10              ND         ND
Bis(2-chloroethyDether, Mg/L
Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane, Mg/L
Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, Mg/L
Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether, Mg/L
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether, Mg/L
Butyl benzyl phthalate, Mg/L       (10             	
2-Chloronaphthalene, Mg/L          \ 10             	
4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether, Mg/L  <^10             	
Chrysene, Mg/L                     <(lO              ND         ND
DibenzoCa ,h)anthracene, Mg/L       <25              ND         ND
Di-n-butyphthalate, Mg/L
1,3-Dichlorobenzene, Mg/L
1,4-Dichlorobenzene, Mg/L
1,2-Dichlorobenzene, Mg/L
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine, Mg/L
Diethylphthalate, Mg/L
Dimethylphthalate, Mg/L
2,4-Dinitrotoluene, Mg/L           <10              ND         ND
2,6-Dinitrotoluene, Mg/L
Dioctylphthalate, Mg/L
1,2-Diphenylhydrazine, Mg/L
Fluoranthane, Mg/L                 <10              ND         ND
Fluorene, Mg/L                     <10              ND         ND
Hexachlorobenzene, Mg/L            OO              ND         ND
Hexachlorobutadiene, Mg/L
Hexachloroethane, Mg/L
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene,  Mg/L
Indeno (l,2,3-cd) pyrene,  Mg/L     <25              ND         ND
Isophorone,  Mg/L                   <10              ND         ND
Naphthalene, Mg/L                  <10               1.3       ND-9
Nitrobenzene, Mg/L
N-Nitrosodimethylamine,  Mg/L
N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine,  Mg/L
N-Nitrosodiphenylamine,  Mg/L       ^10             	          	
Pnenanthrene,  Mg/L                 <10               0.3       ND-3
Pyrene, Mg/L                       <10              ND         ND
2,3,7,8-Te trachlorodigenzo n-p-
dioxin,  Mg/L                       ND             	          	
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene,  Mg/L
                                    28

-------
was  required  for  mechanical  equipment,   and  the  remaining
$1,640,000  (71 percent)  was  required  for the  actual  plant  con-
struction.

    Annual  operating  and maintenance  costs  have  increased  con-
siderably  since the plant  start-up in September 1979. The  major
factor  contributing to  this dramatic  increase  has  been the  ef-
fects  of  inflation  on the  price of  caustic  (106  percent  since
September  1979) and activated  carbon  (45 percent  since Septem-
ber 1979).  In the  first seven   months  of 1982,  these  two operat-
ing  supplies   accounted   for   approximately   62 percent   of  the
monthly operating  cost. A  breakdown of  the  1982 operating  costs
is presented  in Table  10.

    Based  on  1982  cost  figures  through   July,  the  treatment  fa-
cility  has  an  operating  and  maintenance cost  of  approximately
$181,000  per month. This is an equivalent  cost of  $6.65/ton  of
coke at  present reduced  production  rates,  or  $5.87/ton  at  1981
production  rates,   which   represent  a  more  normal  business  con-
dition. An  increase in  production  costs in  this  magnitude  sig-
nificantly  influences  a  company's  ability  to remain  competitive
in the open  market.

    When  analyzed  from a  water  through-put  basis,  the operating
and maintenance  costs  are equivalent  to  $15.86/1,000  gallons
($4.19/m3)  of  influent   wastewater.   Unfortunately,  even  with
such a high  operating  cost,   all  of  the BAT  limits  cannot  be
achieved  even  though  BAT, or  "state  of the  art"  technology  is
currently being utilized  by Shenango.

                              SUMMARY

    In order  to meet discharge  limitations,   and in  anticipation
of rapidly  approaching BAT  requirements  in  September  1979, She-
nango   Incorporated installed  an activated carbon/alkaline  chlo-
rination  wastewater  treatment   facility  at   its Neville  Island
Coke Plant.  The optimization  of the  carbon  system,  along with
the on-going  attempts  to effectively  automate  the  chlorination
system, has  resulted  in  a treatment facility which can  be con-
sidered BAT  technology,   but  which  cannot  totally  achieve BAT
1imi t a t ion s .

    Although  the  facility  does  an  excellent  job  of  removing
organic priority   pollutants,   certain  BAT  limitations,  such  as
phenol, cannot  be  achieved even  though the carbon  system removal
efficiency consistently  averages greater  than 99.5  percent.
                               29

-------
 	TABLE_.H)_._	OPERATING & MAINTENANCE CO ST  D IS TRIBUT10 N

Operat
Item
ing Labor
Maintenance Materials and Services
Operat
(Caust
ing Supplies
ic , Chlorine, Carbon)
Laboratory Services
Electr
Miscel
TOTAL
icity*
laneous

Cost/Month
$ 26
16

121
2
12
2
$180
,600
,200

,400
,000
,000
,600
,800
Perc
O&M
14
9

67
1
6
1
100
ent
Cost
.7
.0

.2
.1
.6
.4
. 0
*Based on  a  cost of  fe0.108/KWHr  (weighted average of purchased
 and produced electricity).
                                30

-------
    When  the  effects  of  inflation  from 1979 to  1982  on caustic
and activated  carbon are  analyzed,  the  economic  achievabi1ity of
certain BAT limitations  through physical/chemica 1 treatment must
be questioned.  A  treatment  cost  of greater  than  $15  per  1,000
gallons  (i>4/m3)  of  wastewater demands  that  cost/benefit  con-
siderations should be made before  implementation  of  more strin-
gent guidelines  is imposed.
                               31

-------
 The work described in this paper was not  funded by  the U.S. Environmental
  Protection Agency.  The contents do not  necessarily  reflect the views of
         the Agency andvno official endorsement should be  inferred.
      TREATMENT OF COKE PLANT WASTEWATER WITH OR WITHOUT BLAST FURNACE
        SLOWDOWN WATER IN A TWO-STAGE BIOLOGICAL FLUIDIZED BED SYSTEM

                                       by

      S.G. Nutt, Senior Project Manager, Canviro Consultants Ltd.,
           178 Louisa Street, Kitchener, Ontario, Canada, N2H 5M5

      H. Melcer, Head, Biological Processes Section, Wastewater
           Technology Centre, Environment Canada, P.O. Box 5050,
           Burlington, Ontario, Canada, L7R 4A6.

      I.J. Marvan, Manager, Dearborn Environmental Consulting Services
           P.O. Box 3060, Station A, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, L5A 3T5

      P.M. Sutton, Senior Process Engineer, Dorr-Oliver Inc.,
           77 Havemeyer Lane, Stamford, Conn.   06904
                                  ABSTRACT
     Pilot-scale  treatability  studies  conducted  at  Environment  Canada's
Wastewater   Technology  Centre   have  demonstrated   that   the  two-stage
biological fluidized bed  is  an effective high-rate system for treatment of
coke plant Wastewater  alone  and in combination with blast furnace blowdown
water.   Greater  than 90 percent  removal of  total  nitrogen  from undiluted
coke plant  wastewater  was achieved  at  a total system HRT of  16 hours.  A
similar degree of  treatment  of a combined wastewater containing coke plant
wastewater and blast furnace blowdown water was achieved at a total system
HRT of  4.5 hours.   In  both  cases,  removal  of  conventional  contaminants
including FOG, phenolic compounds  and CNS approached or  exceeded 90 percent
consistently.

     Capital  costs  associated with  treatment  of  4950 rn^d""1 (1.31 MUSGPD)
of  combined  wastewater   were  essentially   identical  to  capital  costs
associated  with   treatment  of 1300  nP-d"1  (0.34  MUSGPD)  of  coke  plant
wastewater.   Although  annual  direct operating costs  for  treatment  of  the
combined  wastewater  exceeded  those   related to   coke plant  wastewater
treatment  by approximately  $100,000,   on   a  unit  cost basis  ($  per m3
treated) operating costs for  treatment  of the  combined wastewater were  less
than half those  estimated  for  treatment of  coke plant  wastewater alone.

-------
                                 INTRODUCTION

     Byproduct  coking  operations  and  blast  furnace  operations  are  major
sources  of  wastewater in an  integrated steel mill.   Effluents from bypro-
duct coke ovens  contain high  concentrations of ammonia, thiocyanate, pheno-
lic  compounds,  cyanide  and  a variety  of complex  hydrocarbons.   Slowdowns
from  blast  furnace  gas  cleaning  recycle'  systems contain  lesser,  albeit
significant,  levels of ammonia  and cyanide, but  are  relatively small con-
tributors of  organic  contaminants.

     Biological   treatment  processes   are  commonly  applied  to  coke  oven
wastewaters  to oxidize  phenolic  compounds and conventional organic contami-
nants.   Recent  research has  shown that  biological nitrification  of coke
plant wastewaters can be  achieved under conditions of stringent SRT control
(1,2,3)^   Treatment  of blast  furnace  gas cleaning wastewater, beyond that
necessary  to effect  suspended  solids  removal and to control  scaling  and
corrosion  in  the gas scrubber  system,  has  typically  involved the applica-
tion of  physical-chemical methods to oxidize ammonia and cyanide.  The most
commonly  applied process is  alkaline  breakpoint  chlorination ^'.   Biolo-
gical  treatment  methods  are  seldom  applied  to  blast   furnace  blowdown
streams  due  to   the  low concentrations  of  organic  contaminants and  the
possible inhibitory effect of  heavy metals present in the blowdown stream.

     Several  researchers have  discussed the  possibility  of biologically
treating a combined stream of  coke  plant wastewater and blast  furnace blow-
down water  ^' .  This treatment  approach may  eliminate the  use  of  fresh-
water dilution  commonly  practised  by  steel mills  during  treatment  of coke
plant  wastewater.    Furthermore,   the  utilization  of  a   single  treatment
facility  for  the combined wastewater stream  may  provide significant  econo-
mic  advantage.    The  technical  feasibility of  combined treatment of coke
plant wastewater  and  blast furnace  blowdown water was recently demonstrated
at laboratory-scale '-*'.

     Pilot-scale  treatability  studies   conducted  at  Environment  Canada's
Wastewater Technology Centre  in  Burlington,  Ontario over the  past two years
have demonstrated that the biological   fluidized  bed  process,  operated  in
the pre-denitrification—nitrification   flow mode,  is  an effective high-rate
system for treatment  of coke plant  wastewater alone and in combination with
blast furnace blowdown.   The  fluidized  bed system was shown to offer signi-
ficant advantages  in  terms of  reduced  reactor volumes  due  to the high bio-
mass concentrations maintained  on  the   fluidized  support  media.   The pre-
denitrif ication-nitrification  flow  mode  was  shown  to  reduce  the  oxygen
requirements  of   the  biological  processes  due to  the anoxic  removal  of a
large fraction of the wastewater organics  as  well as  to minimize the pro-
cess requirements  for supplemental  carbon and alkalinity.

     Detailed results of  the  coupled fluidized  bed biological treatment of
coke plant wastewater alone  (6,7,8) an(j ^n combination with blast furnace
blowdown vy.iUJ  have  been presented elsewhere.    In  this  paper, these per-
formance data  are  briefly  reviewed and process  design and  cost  data  are
presented for  coupled biological  fluidized bed  systems designed  to treat
coke plant wastewater with and without  blast furnace blowdown  water.

-------
                             EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM
 PILOT PLANT DESCRIPTION
      The process  flowsheet  of the  coupled fluidized  bed pilot  plant  is
 shown in Figure 1.   The  plant  configuration used  for treatment  of coke
 plant wastewater alone and in combination with blast furnace blowdown water
 was  essentially the same with the exception that the facilities  for supple-
 mental methanol addition  to  the  feed were not required during treatment of
 coke plant  wastewater alone.  The system  was  designed  to operate as a two-
 stage separate  sludge  pre-denitrification-nitrification  system to effect
 phenol  oxidation,   thiocyanate oxidation,  cyanide  removal  and  complete
 nitrogen control in separate anoxic  and oxygenic biological reactors.
                                                  DO/pH CONTROL
                        SAND
           WASTE
           BIOMASS-*
 BLAST
 FURNACE
 BLOWDOWN
                SETTLED
                SLUDGE
FIGURE 1.  PROCESS FLOWSHEET OF TWO-STAGE FLUIDIZED BED
           BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT SYSTEM

     The anoxic  denitrification reactor was cylindrical, 150 mm in diameter
and 4.3 m  in height.  Fluidized  bed  height was controlled at approximately
2.2  m,  equivalent  to  an  empty  bed  reactor  volume  of  approximately  31
litres, although some variation in reactor height was allowed, depending on
operating  conditions.  The  reactor had  a  conical inlet design  to improve
influent flow distribution.
     The  oxygenic  nitrification  reactor was  also  cylindrical,   290  mm in
diameter  and 4.3  m  in  height.    Fluidized  bed  height  was  controlled  at
approximately 3.9  m, equivalent  to an  empty  bed reactor volume of approxi-
mately 210 litres.

                                    -  3 -

-------
     The  nitrification reactor had a downflow inlet design to reduce turbu-
lence  and shear in  the  reactor.   Pure oxygen was supplied  to  the reactor
through  a downflow  oxygen contactor provided by Dorr—Oliver Inc.   Oxygen
supply was automatically controlled by  an analog PID feedback controller in
response  to  effluent dissolved oxygen concentration.

     Tankage and pumps  were  provided  to recycle  treated effluent  to  the
anoxic reactor  and   the  oxygenic  reactor  as required  to  maintain fluidiza-
tion of  the  reactors, to  return nitrified  effluent  for denitrification and
ensure adequate oxygen  transfer  for the  biological processes.    A primary
clarifier was  included  in the process flow  sheet but was not  found  to be
necessary for efficient  pilot  plant operation.

     The  pilot  plant included  feed  systems  to supply  phosphoric  acid  as  a
biological nutrient, sodium bicarbonate  for  pH control  and  as  a source of
supplemental alkalinity for the nitrification reactions, and,  in  the  case
of  treatment of the combined wastewater, methanol  as  a supplemental carbon
source for the  denitrification reactions.   Temperature control was provided
to  maintain  the  reactors in the range from 25°C to 30°C.

     The  support media  in  both reactors  was  quartzite sand  with an effec-
tive size (d!0)  of  0.48  mm and a  uniformity coefficient (d60/d!0) of 1.23.

SOURCES OF PILOT PLANT FEED

     Coke plant wastewater  was obtained  from the byproduct  coke  plant  at
Dofasco  Inc. in Hamilton,  Ontario.   The wastewater   consisted  of  ammonia
still  effluent   obtained  from  the  settling  sump  of a free  and  fixed-leg
still  treating  excess flushing liquor  from the coke oven operation plus  a
small  flow of fractionator bottoms from the  Phosam plant.

     Blast  furnace   blowdown was   obtained  from a  second  integrated  steel
mill which included  four blast furnaces served by two separate water recir-
culation  systems.   Recirculation  system A,  serving three of  the  four  fur-
naces, was  operated  initially at  a blowdown  of  approximately  50  percent
but, during  the course  of  the pilot plant study,  blowdown was  reduced  to
approximately  15 percent.   Recirculation system  B, serving  the  remaining
blast  furnace,  operated  at  a blowdown of approximately  15  to  20  percent
throughout the  study.   Sinter  plant  gas scrubber water discharged to recir-
culation  system  A.

EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES

     The  sampling  schedules and analytical  procedures followed  during  the
pilot  plant  treatment  of coke plant wastewater  with  and  without blast  fur-
nace blowdown  were  similar and  have  been  described  in detail  elsewhere
(6,8,10).

     The  fluidized  bed  pilot  plant was operated  on coke  plant wastewater
alone  for  a period  of approximately  18  months  between  July  1980  and
December  1981.    The  experimental  program consisted  of  an extended start-up
and acclimation period  followed  by  approximately 12  months  of non-steady
state operation.  Process  operating conditions during  the non-steady  state

                                    -  4  -

-------
 period were  based  on  the results  of  the  pseudo -  steady state studies.
 Process design  data were developed  based on  48 consecutive  days  of non-
 steady state operation  during which  five  batches of coke  plant wastewater
 were treated in the fluidized  bed  pilot  plant.   The results  of  the non-
 steady state operating period  are  reviewed in this paper.  Previous papers
 have presented  the  results  of the start-up  and  pseudo-steady state opera-
 ting periods  (o>'/.

      Subsequent to the completion of  the coke plant wastewater treatability
 studies,  the  fluidized bed pilot plant was operated for a period of approx-
 imately 6 months  from  January 1982 to  July  1982 on  a  combined wastewater
 containing coke plant wastewater and  blast furnace blowdown water.   Ratios
 of  blast  furnace flowdown water to coke plant wastewater of 2 to 1 and 3 to
 1  (by  volume)  "were  used  to cover  the  range of  conditions anticipated  at
 full-scale.   A  ratio of 2:1  was  used during  the first four months  and  a
 ratio  of  3:1 was  used during  the  final  two months of  plant  operation.
 Blowdown  water  from recirculation  system B  was  used  in   the  first  mixed
 batch of  feed covering the  first 3  1/2  months of plant operation as system
 B  contained  a  significantly higher nitrogen concentration than  system  A.
 All  subsequent  feed  batches utilized blowdown water from recirculation sys-
 tem  A.    During  the  investigation,  the process  loading on  the  biological
 reactors   was progressively   increased  to  determine  the   minimum  reactor
 hydraulic  retention  times  required to  maintain  nitrification of the  com-
 bined wastewater  and to  achieve a  treated effluent  quality  comparable  to
 that  attained during treatment of coke plant wastewater.  Due to the short-
 term nature of  the experimental program, biological steady  state conditions
 in terms  of SRT were not  attained in  the process  after  step changes  in the
 hydraulic  loading.

                                   RESULTS

 COKE  PLANT WASTEWATER TREATMENT

      The  mean  process operating  conditions  for  the anoxic  and  oxygenic
 reactors  comprising  the  fluidized bed  pilot plant  during  the  non-steady
 state  operating  period are  summarized  in  Table 1.   The  average  system
 hydraulic  retention  time  (HRT) was  17.7 hours.  The HRT in the anoxic deni-
 trification  reactor  was 2.4 hours.   The HRT  in  the oxygenic nitrification
 reactor was 15.3 hours.  Mean  system SRT was 42.0 days.

      The process performance,  based on  48  consecutive days of plant  opera-
 tion,  is  summarized  in  Table  2.   As  evident from  these  performance data,
 removal of conventional  carbonaceous contaminants  (FOG)  was  consistently
 high.   Phenolic compounds  were removed  to a median  level  of 0.16  rng'L" ,
 equivalent to a  removal efficiency  in excess  of 99.9 percent.

     As indicated  by the data  presented in Figure  2, efficient nitrifica-
 tion  was  consistently maintained despite  a two-fold  variation  in  the oxi-
dizable nitrogen loading  on the process.   Median effluent NF^-N concentra-
tion  was  1.3  mg'L"1, equivalent  to a removal efficiency  exceeding  99 per-
cent.   The total cyanide  content  of  the coke  plant  wastewater was  reduced

                                    -  5 -

-------
to  6.1  rng-L * from a  median value of 8.0  mg TCN.L *-  Based  on  a limited
amount  of data collected  at  the  end of  the  pilot  plant  study, the concen-
tration of  cyanide  compounds  amenable  to   chlorination   in  the  treated
effluent  was  reduced  to  the  detection limit (0.01 mg-L~l).

              TABLE  1:  MEAN  PROCESS OPERATING CONDITIONS DURING
                      TREATMENT OF COKE PLANT WASTEWATER
PARAMETER
HRT (hours)
SRT (days)
Reactor VS (g'L"1)
Recycle Ratio
Effluent D.O. (mg-L"1)
Temp. (°C)
Ammonia Loading*
(gNH3-N-g VS'i-d"1)
DENITRIFICATION
REACTOR
2.4
13.3
16.3
47.5
-
25.2 - 28.0
-

NITRIFICATION
REACTOR
15.3
62.4
14.5
270.0
2.9 - 3.7
25.5 - 28.0
0.021

SYSTEM
17.7
42.0
-
-
-
-
-

     *  Includes  contribution  of  CNS  to  oxidizable  nitrogen concentration,
              TABLE  2:  PROCESS  PERFORMANCE  DURING  TREATMENT OF
                            COKE PLANT  WASTEWATER
PARAMETER
FOC
CODF
Phenolics
TKNF
NH3-N
CNS
TCN
N02-N
N03-N
TN
SS
FEED*
700 + 51.
2750 + 297-
413 + 33.
247 + 41.
113 + 57.
346 + 61.
8.0 + 1.4
246 + 41.
— —
EFFLUENT*
56.0 + 4.
478.0 + 90.
0.16 + 0.03
11.9 + 1.6
1.3 + 0.6
2.4 + 0.5
6.1 + 1.4
3.0 + 0.9
1.6 + 0.8
16.5 + -
232 + 76.0
REMOVAL
(%)
92.0
82.6
>99.9
95.2
99.4**
99.4
23.8
93.3
—
    * Concentration in mg-L *• based on 48 consecutive  days  of  operation.
   ** Includes contribution of CNS to oxidizable  nitrogen concentration.

     As  shown  in Figure 3, the  oxidized  nitrogen (NOT-N)  concentration  in
the  denitrif icat ion reactor  effluent was  reduced  to less than  1 mg-L"-'-
consistently without  supplementary carbon  addition.   The  raw  feed  FOC/TKN
ratio averaged approximately  2.8 during  the non-steady period,  significan-
tly  lower  than the ratio of  3.5 found  by  Bridle  et_ _al_ (D to  be  required
in suspended growth  pre-denitrification  systems treating coke  plant waste-
water.
                                   - 6 -

-------
              330


              329


              30O


              273


           •T  230



           J?  "
           "  2OO



           1  '"
           F  tso
           O  «91-
           z
           o
           u  100 -
                   1   2    S  1O   2O  3O 4O SO SO  7O  8O   9O  93   98 99


                 PERCENT OF OBSERVATIONS LESS THAN  OR EQUAL TO  STATED VALUE


 FIGURE  2.   REMOVAL OF  OXIDIZABLE  NITROGEN  AND  THIOCYANATE FROM

             COKE  PLANT WASTEWATER
            -I

            9
            o
            CC
            t-

            UJ
            U
            z
            o
            u
           o
           z
                  12   3   1O   2O 3O 4O 3O 6O 7O  BO   9O  93  99  99


                PERCENT OF OBSERVATIONS  LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO  STATED VALUE
FIGURE  3.   REMOVAL OF  OXIDIZED  NITROGEN  FROM COKE PLANT

            WASTEWATER
                                       - 7  -

-------
      Total  nitrogen  removal  efficiency over  48 consecutive  days  of  non-
steady  state  operation was approximately 93.3  percent.

COMBINED  COKE PLANT WASTEWATER AND BLAST FURNACE SLOWDOWN  TREATMENT

      The  characteristics of  the  individual components  of  the blended  feed
and  the average  concentrations  of contaminants  in the combined wastewater
used  as  feed  to  the fluidized bed pilot plant  during  the six month investi-
gation  are  shown  in  Table 3.  The  coke plant wastewater  used in the  com-
bined  feed  was similar to  that  treated previously  in terms of the concen-
tration  of  nitrogen  compounds and thiocyanate but contained  lower concen-
trations  of  organic  contaminants.    The   characteristics   of  the  combined
wastewater  were  more strongly affected by  the characteristics of the  coke
plant wastewater  than by the  ratio of  blast furnace blowdown  to coke plant
wastewater  utilized.
        TABLE  3:  CHARACTERISTICS OF INDIVIDUAL WASTE COMPONENTS AND
                             COMBINED WASTEWATER
PARAMETER
(mg-L-1)
FOG
Phenolics
NH3-N
CNS
TCN
CNA
TKN
Total Zinc
COKE PLANT
WASTEWATER
550.
241.
183.
290.
5.0
2.4
307.
0.4
BLAST FURNACE BLOWDOWN
SYSTEM
A
11.
5.1
22.1
3.3
5.3
5.2
28.2
20.3
SYSTEM
B
8.
0.1
33.4
1.7
1.6
1.5
40.0
6.1
COMBINED
WASTEWATER
215.
119.
66.4
98.1
1.8
0.5
111.
2.0
     The range  of  operating  conditions applied during the six—month treata-
bility  study are  summarized in  Table 4.   As  discussed,  the experimental
program involved sequential  changes  in the process loading to determine the
minimum  reactor  HRT's  required  to  maintain  efficient  nitrification  and
denitrification in the  system.  Total system HRT ranged from a minumum of 4
hours to a maximum of  approximately  20 hours.

     The data  presented in Table  5  indicate  that removal of organic conta-
minants (measured  as FOC  and phenolic compounds),  thiocyanate  and cyanide
was  consistently high  throughout  the  investigation despite step changes in
process loading and  variations  in feed quality.   The removal efficiency of
phenolic  compounds  and  thiocyanate  exceeded  99  percent  throughout  the
period of pilot  plant operation.   Removal of nitrogen compounds (NH3~N, TKN
and  NO^-N) depended on  the  process  loading  conditions  as well  as the feed
character is tics.

-------
            TABLE 4:  RANGE OF PROCESS OPERATING CONDITIONS DURING
                       TREATMENT OF COMBINED WASTEWATER
PARAMETER
HRT (hours)
SRT (days)
Reactor VS (g-L"1)
Recycle Ratio
Effluent D.O. (mg-L"1)
Temp. (°C)
Ammonia Loading*
(g NH3-N-g VS-i-d"1)
DENITRIFICATION
REACTOR
0.5 - 2.6
13. - 47.
8.9 - 26.8
7-50
-
24 - 31
-

NITRIFICATION
REACTOR
3.5 - 17.5
72. - 650.
14.9 - 26.2
50 - 270
1.8 - 5.6
24 - 31
0.005 - 0.037

    *  Includes  contribution of CNS to oxidizable nitrogen concentration.
        TABLE  5:  REMOVAL OF  FOG,  PHENOLIC COMPOUNDS,  THIOCYANATE AND
                       CYANIDE  FROM COMBINED WASTEWATER

PARAMETER
FOG
Phenolic Compounds
CNS
TCN
CNA

FEED*
215. + 66.
119. + 36.
98.1 + 32.
1.8 + 1.3
0.5 + 0.8

EFFLUENT*
23. + 6.
0.09 + 0.04
0.7 + 0.5
0.8 + 0.9
0.1 + 0.3
REMOVAL
(%)
89.3
>99.9
99.3
57.9
77.8
* Concentration in mg-L  1  based  on  196  consecutive  days  of  operation.
     Maximum  specific  denitrification rates  for  the combined  wastewater
were not  significantly different than  the  rates attained during  treatment
of  coke  plant  wastewater  alone,  averaging  approximately  0.15 g  NOT-N-g
VS~l-d~l.     Complete  denitrification  of  the  combined   wastewater  was
attained  at   significantly  lower  FOC/TKN  ratios  than  those  required  for
similar treatment of  coke plant wastewater  alone.   Mass  balances around the
denitrification  reactor indicated  the anoxic removal  of b-etween  0.84 and
1.26 mg FOG  per  mg NO-p-N removed compared  to the anoxic removal  of 2.8 to
3.0 mg FOG per mg NO^-N during  treatment  of coke plant  wastewater.

     The most significant impact  of variations in process Loading on system
performance was related to nitrification  efficiency.   As  shown in Figure 4,
operation  at  oxidizable  nitrogen  loadings  of  up  to  0-031  g  Nt^-N-g
VS"l'd~~l  resulted  in treated  effluent  Nl^-N  concentrations  consistently
less than  2.0 mg-L"1.   At  higher  loadings,  instability LIT the efficiency
of nitrification  was   evident  as indicated by  the  variability  in treated
effluent NH3~N concentrations at  these  loading conditions.
                                   -  9  -

-------
'_, 12
 o>
 E
- 10
o
z
O  o
O  8
     i-
     z
     UJ
     D
     UJ
        2 -
              A
              O
              A
RUN
 1
 2
 3
 4
 5
 6
 7
LOADING
(g-g"1^'1)
  0.005
  0.008
  0.013
  0.031
  0.037
  0.033
  0.030
                                                        RUN 5
                                                          RUN 6
                                 RUNS
                                 1,2,3,4,7
                                  I   I
                 1      5  1O  20   40   60   8O 9O 95  9899
        PERCENT OF VALUES  LESS  THAN  OR EQUAL TO  STATED VALUE

FIGURE 4.  EFFLUENT NH3~N CONCENTRATION DURING  TREATMENT OF
           COMBINED WASTEWATER

     Figure  5  indicates the effect of process  loading on effluent quality
in  terms  of Nt^-N  concentration.   At  loadings  up  to  0.031  g NE^-N-g
VS~l-d~l,  average  effluent  ammonia nitrogen concentrations  of less than 1
mg-L~l  were  attained.   At  higher loadings,  a deterioration  in  effluent
quality was  evident as  the  loading exceeded the maximum specific nitrifica-
tion rate of the system.  For  the  purpose of comparison, specific  nitrifi-
cation rates achieved  during  treatment  of coke plant wastewater alone were
approximately 0.022 g NH3-N-g VS^-d"1.

     Nitrification efficiency was  impaired during periods when supplemental
carbon  as  methanol was unnecessarily added  to  the denitrification system.
Zinc concentrations  of up  to approximately 3.4  mg-L~l did  not  appear to
affect nitrification  in the fluidized bed system.   At concentrations of 7
mg Zn-L"^, there appeared  to be some  inhibition  to the nitrification sys-
tem but  further  data  are necessary to confirm  this observation.    Prelimi-
nary results  indicated that zinc  could  be precipitated  from the  combined
wastewater by adjustment of pH to  the range of 9 to 10.

     The suspended  solids  content  of  the treated  effluent  from  the  flui-
dized bed system was  significantly lower during treatment  of the  combined
wastewater compared to  that  achieved during  treatment  of coke plant waste-
water alone.   The  average  effluent  suspended  solids  concentration during
treatment of the combined  wastewater was approximately  20  mg-L~l  compared
to an  average  level   in  excess of  200  mg-L"1 during  treatment  of coke
plant wastewater (Table 2).
                                   - 10 -

-------
      I6
      o
      z 5
      o
      UJ
       .
      u.
      tr
      tu
0.00
                       I
O.01         0.02        0.03
   PROCESS  LOADING  (g-g
                                                        0.04
 FIGURE 5.  EFFECT OF  PROCESS  LOADING  ON  NITRIFICATION  EFFICIENCY

                      PROCESS  DESIGN AND  COST  ESTIMATES

 DESIGN BASIS

     Process  design details  for  a  coupled  biological  fluidized bed system
 to treat coke  plant wastewater and a combined  stream  of coke plant waste-
 water and blast  furnace blowdown water  were  developed based on the pilot-
 scale treatability  studies.   Design  flows, wastewater characteristics and
 treated  effluent  quality  for each case are  summarized  in Table  6.   Raw
 wastewater qualities  were based on the actual characteristics of coke plant
 wastewater  and blast  furnace  blowdown  measured  during  the  pilot  plant
 studies.    Design flow of coke  plant wastewater  was  1300  m^-d"!  in  both
 cases.    Design flow of blast  furace  blowdown water was 3650 rn^'d"^-, equi-
valent  to 2.8 times the flow  of coke  plant wastewater.

     Process design details  for  the  coke  plant  treatment  system  and the
combined  wastewater treatment  system  are compared in Table 7.  The process
design  flowsheet  for  the coke  plant  wastewater  treatment  system  is shown
schematically in Figure 6. A comparative schematic  for the treatment system
                                   - 11 -

-------
 designed  for the combined wastewater is shown  in  Figure 7.   As indicated in
 Table  7,  the coke plant wastewater  treatment system was designed to provide
 -a  total system  HRT of  16  hours compared  to a system  HRT  of approximately
 4.2 hours  for equivalent  treatment  of  the combined wastewater.   A floccu-
 lator-clarifier  was  included in the coke plant  wastewater  treatment  flow-
 sheet  to  achieve  the  required effluent  suspended  solids  concentration.
 Effluent  suspended solids removal was  not  necessary during  treatment of the
 combined wastewater.

            TABLE  6:   PROCESS DESIGN  BASIS FOR FLUIDIZED  BED  SYSTEMS
PARAMETER
Flo* (m3^-1)
FOC (mg-L-1)
NH3-N (mg -L"1)
CMS (mg-L-1)
TKN (mg-L-1)
NOT-N (ng-L-1)
SS (ng-L-1)
RAW WASTEWATERS
COKE PLANT
WASTEWATER
1300.
700.
100. ^ 50.
300.
ZOO.
-

BLAST FURNACE
SLOWDOWN
3650.
10.
30. +_ 10.
1.
40.


COMB INED
WASTEWATER
4950.
190.
48. +. 20.
80.
82.
-

TREATED EFFLUENTS
COKE PLANT
WASTEWATER
1300.
50.
1.
2.
-
15.
30.
COMB INED
WASTEWATER
4950.
20.
1.
1.

15.
30.
 COKE PLANT
 WASTEWATER
 1300 m'-d"1
 25O kg-cT1
 85% H3PO4

 6OO kg-d~'
 90 X CaO
                          WASTE BIOMASS
                            195 kg VS- d~1
                         ANOXIC
                     DENTRIFICATKDN
                        REACTORS
                        WASTE BIOMASS
                          9O kg VS d"1
 OXYGEN
195O kg-d
                 -t
                     OXYGENIC
                   NITRIFICATION
                     REACTORS
                                                             FLOCCULATOR
                                                                CLAR1FIER/
10.400 m'-d"1
                         -X- OXYGEN REQUIREMENTS ARE  STATED
                           AS A MAXIMUM  VALUE.
FIGURE 6.  PROCESS  DESIGN FLOWSHEET  FOR TREATMENT OF  COKE  PLANT WASTEWATER

                                    -  12 -

-------
      TABLE 7. DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLUIDIZED  BED  TREATMENT  SYSTEMS


PARAMETER
HRT (hours)
Fluid Bed Ht . (m)
Reactor Ht . (m)
Reactor Area (m^)
Hydraulic Flux (m-min~^)
Recycle Ratio
Sand Inventory (tonnes)
COKE PLANT
WASTEWATER SYSTEM
DN REACTOR
2.0
5.5
7.6
19.9
0.40
8.0
87-
NIT REACTOR
14.0
6.4
7.6
119.
0.48
62.7
609.
COMBINED
WASTEWATER SYSTEM
DN REACTOR
0.53
2.6
4.6
42.2
0.40
4.0
87.
NIT REACTOR
3.7
6.4
7.6
119.
0.48
15.8
609.
  COKE PLANT
  WASTEWATER
  130Om3-d~'
  BLAST FURNACE
  BLOWDOWN
         .-I
   315 kg-d
   85% H3P04
          -t
  1660kg-d
  SOX CaO
  SUPPLEMENTAL
  CARBON     —
  (AS REQUIRED)
                                    WASTE BIOMASS
                                      2OO kg VS-d
                  -I
                WASTE BIOMASS
                 6O kg VS • d  '
                    COMBINED
                  WASTEWATER
                  4950m3 d~1
    ANOXIC
DENITRIFICATION
  REACTORS
 OXYGEN
I4OO kg-d
                                                    -1
  OXYGENIC
NITRIFICATION
  REACTORS
                                          FINAL
                                         EFFLUENT
                                      19.800 m3-d~(
                                       OXYGEN REQUIREMENTS  ARE STATED
                                       AS A MAXIMUM VALUE.
FIGURE  7.   PROCESS DESIGN FLOWSHEET  FOR TREATMENT OF COMBINED COKE PLANT
            WASTEWATER/BLAST FURNACE  BLOWDOWN


CAPITAL AND OPERATING COST ESTIMATES

     On the basis  of the process designs  developed for the biological  flui-
dized  bed  systems,  preliminary  cost  estimates  were  developed  for  major
capital items  and  for direct  operating costs  (chemicals  and power)  related
to the  treatment systems.

     Capital  cost  estimates  for the  coupled fluidized bed  system are  sum-
marized in Table  8.   In  both  cases,  it was  assumed that  pipeline oxygen
would be  available  from the  cryogenic generator associated  with the  BOF.
It was also  assumed that the  lime  requirements  could  be  satisfied from the
lime feeding  system  associated with  the  fixed—leg ammonia  still and  costs
                                    -  13  -

-------
for a  dedicated  lime slaking facility  and  lime  slurry feed system were not
included  in  the  cost  estimate.   Reactor costs were based on parallel anoxic
and oxygenic  fluidized  beds.

   TABLE  8:   COMPARISON OF CAPITAL COSTS RELATED TO COKE PLANT TREATMENT
                  WITH  AND WITHOUT BLAST FURNACE SLOWDOWN

ITEM

1. Equipment, instrumentation and
engineering for reactors and
clarif ier
2. Concrete reactors, oxygenators,
pump sumps and clarifier
3 . Pumps and pump rooms
4. Piping, valving (erected basis)
5. Installation of equipment, motor
control center, wiring, site work
TOTAL
COST (CANADIAN $ x 1000)
WITHOUT BLAST
FURNACE SLOWDOWN

1,010.

460.

292.
283.

312.
2,357.
WITH BLAST
FURNACE SLOWDOWN

1,050.*

413.*
*
300.
276.

300.
2,339.
 * No clarifier required  for  treatment  of combined wastewater

     As  shown  in Table  8,  the  capital  costs associated  with  treatment  of
1300 m-^-d"^  of coke  plant wastewater  were  essentially the same  as  those
associated  with treatment  of  4950  m^-d"!  of combined  coke  plant  waste-
water and blast furnace blowdown.

     Annual direct  operating  costs for chemicals  and  power for both treat-
ment systems are summarized in Table  9.   The chemical requirements for each
system  were shown  in  the process  design  flowsheets  (Figures  6  and  7).

      TABLE 9:   COMPARISON OF  ANNUAL  DIRECT OPERATING COSTS RELATED TO
        COKE PLANT  TREATMENT WITH  AND WITHOUT BLAST FURNACE BLOWDOWN


ITEM
1. Phosphoric Acid
85% H3P04 @ $0.90 per kg
2. Lime — bulk quicklime
(90% CaO) @ $0.061 per kg
3. Oxygen @ $0.06 per kg*
4. Polymer @ $6.30 per kg
5. Power @ $0.03 per kwh
TOTAL ANNUAL COST
UNIT COST ($ per m3 treated)
COST (CANADIAN $)
WITHOUT BLAST
FURNACE BLOWDOWN

82,100.

13,400.
28,500.
2,300.
24,600.
150,900.
0.32
WITH BLAST
FURNACE BLOWDOWN

169,300.

37,000.
21,900.
0.
24,250.
252,450.
0.14
     *  Based on pipeline oxygen
                                    -  14  -

-------
 Based  on the design wastewater  quality,  supplemental carbon addition would
 not  be  necessary  in either  system  to  maintain  complete  denitrification.
 Operating  costs  for  treatment of the combined wastewater were approximately
 $100,000 per year higher than  similar  costs  for  treatment of  coke  plant
 wastewater.   The cost  difference is primarily the result of increased costs
 associated  with  higher phosphoric  acid  utilization.  On a  unit  cost  basis
 ($  per m^ treated), operating costs associated with treatment  of the com-
 bined  wastewater were  less than half the costs associated with treatment  of
 coke plant  wastewater  alone.
                                 CONCLUSIONS

     Based  on  pilot-scale investigations of  the  coupled  fluidized  bed  pro-
 cess  for nitrification  and denitrif ication  of coke  plant  wastewater  with
 and without  blast  furnace blowdown water,  the  following  conclusions  can  be
 drawn:

        •    To  achieve  greater  than  90 percent  removal  of  total  nitrogen
            from  undiluted coke plant  wastewater required a total system HRT
            of  approximately  16  hours.   A similar  degree  of  treatment  of
            combined  wastewater  containing  coke plant  wastewater  and blast
            furnace  blowdown water  was  achieved  at a  total system HRT  of
            approximately 4.5 hours.

        •    In  both  cases,  removal of conventional contaminants  including
            FOG,  phenolic compounds and CNS approached or  exceeded 90  per-
            cent  consistently.    Effluent  quality  in terms of FOC,  phenolic
            compounds,  CNS,  TCN  and  suspended solids  was   superior  during
            treatment  of the combined  wastewater  compared to that  achieved
            during  treatment  of coke  plant wastewater.

        •    Estimated   capital   costs   associated   with  treatment   of  4950
           m^'d"^-  of  combined  wastewater  were   essentially  identical  to
            capital  costs associated with treatment of 1300  m->-d~l of  coke
           plant wastewater.
        •    Annual  direct  operating  costs  related  to  treatment  of  coke
           plant wastewater  with blast furnace blowdown water were approxi-
           mately  $100,000 per year higher than  those  estimated for  treat-
           ment  of coke  plant wastewater  alone.   On  a  unit cost  basis  ($
           per m^  treated),  operating costs  associated  with  treatment  of
            the  combined  wastewater  were  less than  half  those  associated
           with  treatment  of coke plant wastewater alone.
                               ACKNOWLE DGEMENT S

     The  authors  wish  to express  their appreciation  to Dofasco  Inc.  for
their co-operation  throughout the study and  their  financial  support  of  the
combined wastewater  treatability  investigation.   In addition, the contribu-
tions of Mr. R.R. Evans  of Dorr-Oliver Inc.  to  the  development  of the  cost
estimates is gratefully  acknowledged.

                                    - 15 -

-------
                                   REFERENCES
 1.  Bridle,  T.R.,  Bedford,  W.K.  and  B.E.  Jank,  "Biological  Nitrogen
     Control  of  Coke Plant Wastewaters",  Prog.  Wat.  Tech.,  12, (1980).

 2.  Medwith,  B.W. and J.F.  Lefelhocz,  "Single-Stage  Biological Treatment
     of Coke  Plant Wastewaters  with a Hybrid Suspended  Growth - Fixed  Film
     Reactor", Proc. of the  36th  Purdue  Industrial Waste Conf., 68,  (1981).

 3.  Wong-Chong,   G.  and  J.D.  Hall,  "Single-Stage  Nitrification of  Coke
     Plant Wastewater", Proc.  of  the Symposium on Iron  and Steel Pollution
     Abatement Technology for  1980,  EPA-600/9-81-017, 395,  (1981).

 4.  Hofstein,  H.  and H.J.  Kohlmann,  "An  Investigation  of Foreign By-
     Product  Coke Plant  and Blast  Furnace  Wastewater Control Technology",
     Proc. of the Symposium on Iron and Steel Pollution Abatement  Techno-
     logy for  1980, EPA-600/9-81-017,  (1981).

 5.  Gauthier, J.J.,  Jones,  D.D., Wilson,  L.W.  and C.R. Majors,  "Combined
     Biological   Treatment   of  Coke  Plant  Wastewater   and  Blast-Furnace
     Recycle  - Water  System Slowdown", Proc. of the  36t^ Purdue Industrial
     Waste Conference, 77,  (1981).

 6.  Nutt, S.G.,  Melcer, H.  and J.H. Pries,  "Two-Stage Biological Fluidized
     Bed  Treatment of Coke  Plant Wastewater  for  Nitrogen Control",  pre-
     sented  at  the 54th  Water  Pollution   Control  Federation  Conference,
     Detroit, Michigan, (1981).

 7.  Nutt, S.G.,  Melcer,  H. ,  Marvan,  I.J.   and  P.M.  Sutton,  "Treatment of
     Coke Plant Wastewater  in  the  Coupled Pre-Denitrification  Fluidized Bed
     Process", presented  at the  37th Purdue  Industrial Waste  Conderence,
     Lafayette,  Ind.,  (1982).

 8.  Nutt,  S.G.   and  I.J.  Marvan,  "Biological Fluidized  Bed  Treatment of
     Complex  Industrial Wastes for Nitrogen and  Contaminant Control", Final
     Report  to  Environmental  Protection  Service,  Environment  Canada (in
     press) .

 9.  Melcer,  H. ,  Nutt, S.G., Marvan, I.J. and P.M.  Sutton,  "Combined  Treat-
     ment of  Coke Plant Wastewater  and Blast  Furnace Slowdown Water  in a
     Coupled Biological Fluidized  Bed  System",  presented at the  55th Water
     Pollution Control Federation  Conference, St.  Louis,  Missouri,  (1982).

10.  Nutt, S.G.   and  I.J.  Marvan,  "Biological  Fluidized  Bed  Treatment of
     Combined  Coke Plant  Wastewater  and  Blast  Furnace  Slowdown",  Final
     Report  to Environmental  Protection Service,  Environment Canada, (in
     press) .
                                   -  16 -

-------
                                       PREREGISTRANTS

           SYMPOSIUM ON IRON AND STEEL POLLUTION ABATEMENT TECHNOLOGY FOR 1982
                                  The William Penn Hotel
                                      Pittsburgh, PA
                                   November 16-18, 1982
Michael R. Alford
U.S. EPA
401 M Street,  S.W.  (PM-219)
Washington, DC  20460
202/382-2698

Gary A. Amendola
U.S. EPA
25089 Center Ridge  Road
Westlake,  OH   44145
216/835-5200

Gopal Annamraju
PEDCo Environmental,  Inc.
11499 Chester  Road
Cincinnati, OH  45246
513/782-4700
Jacques  Antoine
L.E.C.E.S.
B.P.  36
Maizieres-Les-Metz,
(8) 780-21-11
FRANCE  57210
 Cornelis  A.  Aronds
 Estel Hoogovens BV
 Postbus  10000
 1970 CA  Umuiden,  NETHERLANDS
 Oil 31251 095232

 Charles  W. Askins
 Babcock  & Wilcox
 P. 0. Box 401
 Beaver Falls, PA  15010
 412/846-0100, Ext. 2694

 Franklin A.  Ayer
 Research Triangle  Institute
 P. 0. Box 12194
 Research Triangle  Park, NC  27709
 919/541-6260

 K. Shankar Banninthaya
 Allegheny County Health Department
 301 39th Street, APC
 Pittsburgh,  PA  15201
 412/578-8117

 Leslie L.  Beck
 U.S.  EPA
 OAQPS, MD-13
 Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
 919/541-5601
Peter N. Bibko
U.S. EPA, Region III
Curtis Bldg., 6th and  Walnut Streets
Philadelphia, PA  19106
212/264-2525

Thomas R. Blair
Radian Corporation
P. 0. Box 9948
Austin, TX  78766
512/454-4797

David G. Boltz
Bethlehem Steel  Corporation
Room B-252 Martin Tower
Bethlehem, PA  18016
215/694-2721

Peter Brand
Hatch Associates,  Ltd.
21 St. Glair Avenue East
Toronto, Ontario,  CANADA  M4T  1L9
416/962-6350

Nick Browne
Bischoff Environmental Systems
135 Cumberland Road
Pittsburgh, PA   15237
412/364-8860

Nicholas S. Buchko
Shenango Incorporated
200 Neville Road
Pittsburgh, PA   15225
412/777-6655

D. F. Cairns
National Engineers and Associates
7777 Bonhomme Avenue
St. Louis, MO  63105
314/725-7210

S. Charles Caruso
Mellon Institute
4400 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA   15213
412/578-3320

Rodney A. Cerny
The H. K. Ferguson Company
One Erieview Plaza
Cleveland, OH  44114
216/523-5690

-------
Keith L. Cherryholmes
Envirodyne Engineers, Inc.
12161 Lackland Road
St. Louis, MO  63141
314/434-6960

Ronald J. Chleboski
Allegheny County Health Department
301 39th Street, APC
Pittsburgh, PA  15201
412/578-8101

Jesse R. Conner
SolidTek, Inc.
5371 Cook Rd., P. 0. Box 888"
Morrow, GA  30260
404/361-6181

Alan Conners
Pennsylvania Engineering Corporation
32nd Street and AVRR
Pittsburgh, PA  15201
412/288-6800

Joseph  G. Crist
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA  15146
412/372-1212, Ext. 2906

Thomas  Cuscino, Jr.
Midwest Research Institute
425 Volker Boulevard
Kansas  City, MO  64110
816/753-7600

Edwin R. Daly
Krupp Wilputte Corporation
152 Floral Avenue
Murray  Hill, NJ  07974
201/464-5900

Richard A. D'Amico
Busch Co.
904 Mt. Royal Boulevard
Pittsburgh, PA  15223
412/487-7100

Richard P. de Filippi
Critical Fluid Systems, Inc.
25 Acorn Park
Cambridge, MA  02140
617/492-1631

Lex de  Jonge
Prov. Dept. of Public Work and Water
Zijlweg 245
2015 CL Haarlem, NETHERLANDS
023-319350
Paul J. DeCoursey,  III
Michael Baker, Jr.,  Inc.
4301 Dutch Ridge Road,  Box  280
Beaver, PA   15009
412/495-7711, Ext.  365

Anthony T. DeQuittner
ATD Consultants
314 Pleasant Avenue
McMurray, PA  15317
412/941-5653

James H. Dougherty
Roy F. Weston, Inc.
Weston Way
West Chester, PA  19380
215/692-3030, Ext. 240

Lynn R. Emerson
Calgon Corporation
P. 0. Box 1346
Pittsburgh, PA  15230
412/777-8445

Terry R. Fabian
PA Dept. of Environmental Resources
Rm 850 Kossman Bldg., 100 Forbes Ave
Pittsburgh, PA  15222
412/565-2336

Patrick C. Falvey
NUS Corporation
Park West II, Cliff Mine Road
Pittsburgh, PA  15275
412/788-1080

Simon Feigenbaum
Allegheny County Health Department
301 39th Street,  APC
Pittsburgh, PA  15201
412/578-8103

Robert L. Felt
Allegheny County Health Department
301 39th Street,  APC, Building 7
Pittsburgh, PA  15201
412/578-8115

George P- Fenton
Busch Co.
904 Mt. Royal Boulevard
Pittsburgh, PA  15223
412/487-7100

Marjorie J. Fitzpatrick
JACA Corp.
550 Pinetown R.oad
Fort Washington,  PA  19034
215/643-5466

-------
Joseph R.  Ford
Babcock &  Wilcox
p.  0.  Box  401
Beaver Falls, PA  15010
412/846-0100, Ext. 2449

James  R. Forrelli
Betz Converse Murdoch, Inc.
5777 Baum  Boulevard
Pittsburgh,  PA  15206
412/361-6000

Steve Francis
Annco Inc.
1808 Crawford Street
Middletown,  OH  45043
513/425-3476

R. W.  Fullerton
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA  15146
412/372-1212

Walter I.  Goldburg
Group Against Smog and Pollution
1237 Murdoch Road
Pittsburgh,  PA  15217
412/624-4317

Jeffrey H. Greenfield
University of Pittsburgh
School of  Engineering
Pittsburgh,  PA  15261
412/624-5380

Murray S.  Greenfield
Dofasco Inc.
P. 0. Box  460
Hamilton,  Ontario, CANADA  L8N 3J5
416/544-3761, Ext. 3681

Kenneth 0. Groves
Dow Chemical U.S.A.
2020 Dow Center
Midland, MI  48640
517/636-3246

James A. Hagarman
Calocerinos & Spina
1020 Seventh North Street
Liverpool, NY  13088
315/457-6711

Andrew M.  Halatin
Busch Co.
904 Mt. Royal Boulevard
Pittsburgh,  PA  15223
412/487-7100
Nona L. Hancock
National Engineers and Associates
7777 Bonhomme  Avenue
St. Louis, MO   63105
314/725-7210

Penelope Hansen
U.S. EPA
401 M Street,  S.W.  (WH-565A)
Washington, DC  20460
202/382-4756

Robert Harshman
Green International, Inc.
504 Beaver Street
Sewickley, PA   15143
412/761-2770

Fred C. Hart
Fred C. Hart Associates,  Inc.
530 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY   10036
212/840-3990

Jim Haskill
Environment Canada
Water Pollution Control Directorate
Ottawa, Ontario, CANADA  K1A 1C8
819/997-2270

J. 0. Hawthorne
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA 15146
412/372-1212

Jorgen G. Hedenhag
Flakt, Inc.
1500 E. Putnam Avenue
Old Greenwich,  CT  06870
203/637-5401

C. P- Heijwegen
Estel Hoogovens BV
Postbus 10000
1970 CA Umuiden, NETHERLANDS
02510-92451

Hans-Friedrich Hinrichs
Saarbergwerke  AG
Triererstrasse 1
6600 Saarbrucken, W  GERMANY
0681-405-3787

C. F. Hoffman
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA 15146
412/372-1212

-------
Thomas W. Hoffman
Midrex Corporation
One NCNB Plaza, 38th Floor
Charlotte, NC  28280
704/373-1600

Gary Hudiburgh
U.S. EPA
401 M Street, S.W. (EN-336)
Washington, DC  20460
202/755-0750

Michael Jasinski
GCA Corporation/Technology Division
213 Burlington Road
Bedford, MA  01730
617/275-5444

John D. Jeffery
GCA Corporation/Technology Division
213 Burlington Road
Bedford, MA  01730
617/275-5444

Gate Jenkins
U.S. EPA
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, DC  20460
202/382-4801

Ch. R. Josis
CRM (Centre de Recherches Metallurgiques)
Rue Ernest Solvey, 11
4000 Liege, BELGIUM
41/52.70.50

Randy Junkins
Roy F. Weston, Inc.
Weston Way
West Chester, PA  19380
215/692-3030, Ext. 313

Woody Kawaters
TRC Environmental Consultants, Inc.
800 Connecticut Blvd.
East Hartford, CT  06108
203/289-8631

Maria Kelleher
MacLaren Engineers
33 Yonge Street
Toronto, Ontario, CANADA  M5E 1E7
416/365-7337

William Kemner
PEDCo Environmental, Inc.
11499 Chester Road
Cincinnati, OH  45246
513/782-4700
Richard W. Klippel
Cajjcerinos & Spina
102;, Seventh North Street
Liverpool, NY   13088
315/i57-6711

Michael J. Kozy
Dravo Corp.
One Oliver Plaza
Pittsburgh, PA  15222
412/566-5115

E. Radha Krishnan
PEDCo Environmental, Inc.
11499 Chester Road
Cincinnati, OH  45246
513/782-4700

Kenneth Krupinski
U.S.  Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane, MS-57
Monroeville, PA  15146
412/372-1212,. Ext. 2472

Cezary Krzymowski
Illinois EPA
1701 First Avenue, DAPC
Maywood, IL  60153
312/345-9780

Robert H. Lace, Sr.
The Munters Corporation
E. 0. Box 6428
Ft. Myers, FL  33911
813/936-1555
Joseph F. Lennon
Ford Motor Company
One Parklane Blvd.,
Dearborn, MI  48126
313/322-1227
628 Parklane W.
Eddy Lin
Pacific Environmental Services, Inc.
465 Fullerton
Elmhurst, IL  60126
312/530-7272

Joseph H. Lucas
Mellon Institute
4400 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA  15213
412/578-3409

Richard W. Masters
U.S. Steel Corporation
600 Grant Street
Pittsburgh, PA  15230
412/433-6553

-------
Robert C.  McCrillis
U.S.  EPA
IERL, MD-63
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
919/541-2733

Robert M.  McMullen
Bethlehem Steel Corporation
Room B-252, Martin Tower
Bethlehem, PA  18016
215/694-7116

Connally E. Hears
U.S.  EPA,  Region VIII
1860 Lincoln Street (8AW-AP)
Denver, CO  80295
303/837-3711

Daniel J.  Metzger
National Engineers and Associates
7777 Bonhomme Avenue
St. Louis, MO  63105
314/725-7210

Andrew C.  Middleton
Koppers Company, Inc.
440 College Park Drive
Monroeville, PA  15146
412/327-3000, Ext. 5132

E. L. Mihelic
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA  15146
412/372-1212

Jaffer Mohiuddin
Pacific Environmental Services, Inc.
8230 Boone Boulevard, Suite 450
Vienna, VA  22180
703/790-0272

Samuel M.  Murphy
KY Dept. of Environmental Protection
Ft. Boone Plaza, 18 Reilly Road
Frankfort, KY  40601
502/564-3382, Ext. 308

Daniel J.  Murray
U.S.  EPA
25089 Center Ridge Road
Westlake,  OH  44145
216/835-5200

Theodore W. Nelson, Jr.
Peter F. Loftus Corporation (Illinois)
223 W.  Jackson Boulevard
Chicago, IL  60606
312/939-0581
Richard L.  Neraeth
Republic  Steel  Corporation
3100 East 45th  Street
Cleveland,  OH  44127
216/622-6376

Ronald D. Neufeld
University  of Pittsburgh
Department  of Civil  Engineering
Pittsburgh, PA   15261
412/624-5362

Pauline Nixon
University  of Pittsburgh
209 South Braddock Avenue  #2
Pittsburgh, PA   15221
412/963-1999

Stephen G.  Nutt
Canviro Consultants,  Ltd.
178 Louisa  Street
Kitchener,  Ontario,  CANADA  N2H 5M5
519/579-3500

Bernie O'Barsky
National  Steel Corporation
2800 Grant  Building
Pittsburgh, PA   15219
412/263-4746

Hidehiro  Obata
Retired Civil Engineer
Ave. Alvares  Cabral,  n.  917,  apt.  203
3000 Bela Horizonte,  BRAZIL
Telephone Not Furnished

Andrew P. Pajak
Michael Baker, Jr.,  Inc.
P. 0. Box 280
Beaver, PA  15009
412/495-7711

George Pashel
Bethlehem Steel  Corporation
Room B-252, Martin Tower
Bethlehem,  PA  18016
215/694-6108

James W.  Patterson
Illinois  Institute of Technology
IIT Center
Chicago,  IL   60616
312/567-3535

Stephen F.  Pedersen
PA Dept.  of Environmental  Resources
600 Kossman Bldg., 100 Forbes Ave.
Pittsburgh, PA   15222
412/565-5103

-------
Earl R. Pennell
Wheatland Tube Co.
Council Avenue
Wheatland, PA  16161
412/342-6851

Michael S. Peters
Structural Metals, Inc.
P. 0. Box 911
Seguin, TX  78155
512/379-7520

Jacques Pivont
Groupement de la Siderurgie
Rue Montoyer 47
1040 Brussels, BELGIUM
02/513.38.20

Richard T. Price
PEDCo Environmental, Inc.
11499 Chester Road
Cincinnati, OH  45246
513/782-4621

B. A. Procyk
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA   15146
412/372-1212

Joe Quigley
CAMETCO,  Inc.
P. 0. Box 266
Duquesne, PA  15110
412/466-6897

John Reggi
WV Air Pollution  Control Commission
1911 Warwood Avenue
Wheeling, WV  26003
304/277-2662

Hooite Rugge
Kaiser Steel Corporation
P. 0.  Box 217
Fontana,  CA  92335
714/350-5448

John S. Ruppersberger
U.S. EPA
IERL, MD-63
Research  Triangle Park, NC  27711
919/541-2733

William R. Samples
Wheeling-Pittsburgh  Steel
Duvall Center
Wheeling, WV  26003
304/234-2936
Peter W. Sawchuck
Koppers Company, Inc.
440 College Park Drive
Monroeville, PA  15146
412/327-3000, Ext. 5151

Robert Schlosser
JACA Corp.
550 Pinetown Road
Fort Washington, PA   19034
215/643-5466

Stephen M. Schwartz
American Iron & Steel Institute
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC  20036
202/452-7275

John P. Shaughnessy
MikroPul Corporation
10 Chatham Road
Summit, NJ  07901
201/273-6360

Donald W.  Simmons
National Steel Corporation
2800 Grant Building
Pittsburgh, PA  15219
412/263-4395

Larry L. Simmons
Energy & Environmental Management,  I
P. 0. Box 71
Murrysville, PA  15668
412/247-5124

Anthony M. Skicki
PA Dept. of Environmental Resources
P. 0. Box 2063, Water Quality Mgmt.
Harrisburg, PA  17120
717/787-8184

John R. Smith
Koppers Company, Inc.
440 College Park Drive
Monroeville, PA  15146
412/327-3000, Ext.  5309

Peter D. Spawn
GCA Corporation/Technology Division
213 Burlington Road
Bedford, MA  01730
617/275-5444

D. E. Splitstone
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA  15146
412/372-1212

-------
Robert M.  Stein
AWARE, Inc.
P.-O.  Box  40284
Nashville, TN  37204
615/794-0110

Richard D. Stern
U.S.  EPA
IERL,  MD-63
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
919/541-2547

Anton Telford
Illinois EPA
2200 Churchill Road
Springfield, IL  62706
217/782-2113

C. Joseph Touhill
Michael Baker, Jr., Inc.
4301 Dutch Ridge Road, Box 280
Beaver, PA  15009
412/495-7711, Ext. 306

Martin G.  Trembly
U.S. EPA
25089 Center Ridge Road
Westlake,  OH  44145
216/835-5200

Stephen Vajda
Jones & Laughlin Steel Corporation
900 Agnew Road
Pittsburgh,  PA  15227
412/884-1000

Ralph W. Waechter
PA Dept. of Environmental Resources
600 Kossman Bldg., 100 Forbes Ave.
Pittsburgh,  PA  15222
412/565-7957

Anna W. Wallace
Research Triangle Institute
P. 0.  Box  12194
Research Triangle Park, NC  27709
919/541-6967

William L. West
Republic Steel Corporation
P. 0.  Box  6778, Room 520-R
Cleveland, OH  44101
216/622-5911

Roger  C. Westman
Allegheny  County Health Department
301 39th Street, APC
Pittsburgh,  PA  15201
412/578-8103
Robert H. Wills,  Jr.
Crucible, Inc.
P. 0. Box 977
Syracuse, NY   13201
315/487-4111

Leon W. Wilson, Jr.
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA   15146
412/372-1212, Ext. 2206

L. D. Wisniewski
Republic Steel Corporation
P. 0. Box 6778, Env.  Control Dept.
Cleveland, OH  44101
216/622-5910

W. S. Workman
U.S. Steel Corporation
125 Jamison Lane
Monroeville, PA   15146
412/372-1212

John E. Yocom
TRC Environmental Consultants,  Inc.
800 Connecticut Blvd.
East Hartford, CT  06108
203/289-8631

Earle F. Young, Jr.
American Iron & Steel  Institute
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC  20036
202/452-7271

James R. Zwikl
Shenango, Inc.
200 Neville Road
Pittsburgh, PA  15225
412/777-6654

-------